Explorar el Código

ESP32: Support applying patch to local IDF (#6467)

tangzz98 hace 3 años
padre
commit
82bf18b771

+ 48 - 8
bsp/ESP32_C3/.config

@@ -657,37 +657,77 @@ CONFIG_PKG_ESP_IDF_VER="latest"
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_RTDUINO is not set
 
 #
-# Sensor libraries
+# Projects
+#
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ULTRASOUND_RADAR is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_SENSOR_KIT is not set
+
+#
+# Sensors
 #
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_SENSOR is not set
-# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_BUSIO is not set
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_AHTX0 is not set
-# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_DHT_SENSOR is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_BMP280 is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_INA219 is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_DHT is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_MAX1704X is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_ICM20X is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_DPS310 is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_SHT4X is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_SHT31 is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_ADXL343 is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_BME280 is not set
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_SEEED_BMP280 is not set
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_SEEED_LIS3DHTR is not set
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_CAPACITIVESENSOR is not set
 
 #
-# Display libraries
+# Display
 #
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_U8G2 is not set
 
 #
-# Timing libraries
+# Timing
 #
 # CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_MSTIMER2 is not set
 
 #
-# Project libraries
+# Data Processing
+#
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_KALMANFILTER is not set
+
+#
+# Data Storage
+#
+
+#
+# Communication
+#
+
+#
+# Device Control
+#
+
+#
+# Other
+#
+
+#
+# Signal IO
+#
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_BUSIO is not set
+# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ADAFRUIT_TCA8418 is not set
+
+#
+# Uncategorized
 #
-# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_ULTRASOUND_RADAR is not set
-# CONFIG_PKG_USING_ARDUINO_SENSOR_KIT is not set
 CONFIG_SOC_ESPRESSIF=y
 CONFIG_SOC_ESP32_C3=y
 
 #
 # Hardware Drivers Config
 #
+# CONFIG_BSP_USING_LOCAL_ESP_IDF is not set
 CONFIG_BSP_BOARD_LUATOS_ESP32C3=y
 # CONFIG_BSP_BOARD_HX_EXP32C3 is not set
 

+ 1 - 2
bsp/ESP32_C3/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
-# The following lines of boilerplate have to be in your project's
-# CMakeLists in this exact order for cmake to work correctly
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
 set(COMPONENTS esptool_py main)
 include($ENV{IDF_PATH}/tools/cmake/project.cmake)
+set(freertos_root /Users/tangyi/rt-thread/bsp/ESP32_C3/packages/FreeRTOS_Wrapper-latest/FreeRTOS)
 project(rtthread)

+ 31 - 9
bsp/ESP32_C3/README.md

@@ -43,33 +43,55 @@ Each peripheral supporting condition for this BSP is as follows:
 | UART                     | Support         | Using LUATOS_ESP32C3 development board requires connecting serial port to USB chip UART0_TX and UART0_RX (such as CP2102) |
 | JTAG debug               | Support         | ESP32C3 usb-linked development boards can be debugged        |
 
-## Quick Start Guide
-
-1. Download ESP-IDF package
+## Install ESP-IDF
+ESP-IDF can be installed in two ways
+1. Use Env tool
+- Download the package
 ```
 pkgs --update
 ```
-2. Go to ESP-IDF package directory and install IDF tools. This command only needs to be run once after the package is downloaded for the first time.
+- Go to ESP-IDF package directory and install IDF tools. This command only needs to be run once after the package is downloaded for the first time.
 ```
 cd packages/ESP-IDF-latest
 ./install.sh
 # Use install.bat in Windows environment
 ```
-3. Under the ESP-IDF package directory, export IDF environment variables. This commands need to be run every time when the BSP is built in a new terminal.
+- Under the ESP-IDF package directory, export IDF environment variables. This commands need to be run every time when the BSP is built in a new terminal.
 ```
 . export.sh
 # Use export.bat in Windows environment
 ```
-4. Configure RT-Thread under the BSP directory
+2. Apply patch to a local installation of ESP-IDF
+- Select the below option with `SCons --menuconfig`
+```
+Hardware Drivers Config
+    [*] Use local ESP-IDF installation
+```
+And deselect ESP-IDF package
+```
+RT-Thread online packages
+    peripheral libraries and drivers
+        [ ] ESP-IDF: Espressif IoT Development Framework
+```
+- Any convenient method to install ESP-IDF can be used, such as [VSCode plugin](https://github.com/espressif/vscode-esp-idf-extension/blob/master/docs/tutorial/install.md). Make sure to install the master version of ESP-IDF.
+- Enter the local ESP-IDF directory and run the following commands
+```
+git checkout 5c1044d84d625219eafa18c24758d9f0e4006b2c
+# Replace rtt.patch with the actual directory of rtt.patch under the BSP directory
+git am rtt.patch
+```
+- After applying the patch, ESP-IDF FreeRTOS projects can be compiled as usual
+## Compile and Upload
+- Configure RT-Thread under the BSP directory
 ```
 scons --menuconfig
 ```
-5. Whenever RT-Thread configuration is changed with `scons --menuconfig`, a new `CMakeLists.txt` needs to be generated with the command below
+- Whenever RT-Thread configuration is changed with `scons --menuconfig`, a new `CMakeLists.txt` needs to be generated with the command below
 ```
 scons --target=esp-idf
 ```
-6. Use `idf.py` to compile and upload the program. Refer to [Espressif official documents](https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-idf/en/latest/esp32c3/get-started/index.html#build-your-first-project) for reference.
-7. Once the project is successfully downloaded, the system runs automatically, the red LED will blink in 1s on cycles.
+- If ESP-IDf is installed using Env, use `idf.py` to compile and upload the program. Refer to [Espressif official documents](https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-idf/en/latest/esp32c3/get-started/index.html#build-your-first-project) for reference. Otherwise follow the appropriate steps depending on how ESP-IDF was installed, such as using [VSCode plugin](https://github.com/espressif/vscode-esp-idf-extension/blob/master/docs/tutorial/install.md). 
+- Once the project is successfully downloaded, the system runs automatically, the red LED will blink in 1s on cycles.
 
 ## Notes
 

+ 32 - 9
bsp/ESP32_C3/README_ZH.md

@@ -50,33 +50,56 @@
 | UART              |     支持     | 使用LUATOS_ESP32C3开发板需要在UART0_TX和UART0_RX连接串口转USB芯片(如CP2102)|
 | JTAG调试          |     支持     | ESP32C3采用USB方式和PC链接的开发板可以调试                                |
 
-## 使用说明
-
-1. 下载ESP-IDF软件包
+## 安装ESP-IDF
+可以使用两种方法安装ESP-IDF
+1. 使用Env工具安装
+- 下载软件包
 ```
 pkgs --update
 ```
-2. 进入到ESP-IDF软件包路径,安装IDf工具链。此命令只需要在下载完软件包后执行一次。
+- 进入到ESP-IDF软件包路径,安装IDf工具链。此命令只需要在下载完软件包后执行一次。
 ```
 cd packages/ESP-IDF-latest
 ./install.sh
 # Windows环境下使用install.bat
 ```
-3. 在软件包路径下设置IDF路径。每当在新的命令行编译BSP时需要执行此命令。
+- 在软件包路径下设置IDF路径。每当在新的命令行编译BSP时需要执行此命令。
 ```
 . export.sh
 # Windows环境下使用export.bat
 ```
-4. 在BSP路径下配置RT-Thread
+2. 在本地ESP-IDF加载patch
+- 通过`SCons --menuconfig`选择
+```
+Hardware Drivers Config
+    [*] Use local ESP-IDF installation
+```
+并取消勾选ESP-IDF软件包
+```
+RT-Thread online packages
+    peripheral libraries and drivers
+        [ ] ESP-IDF: Espressif IoT Development Framework
+```
+- 可以选择其他方式在本地安装ESP-IDF,如[VSCode插件](https://github.com/espressif/vscode-esp-idf-extension/blob/master/docs/tutorial/install.md)。确保安装的ESP-IDF是master版本。
+- 进入本地ESP-IDF目录执行以下命令
+```
+git checkout 5c1044d84d625219eafa18c24758d9f0e4006b2c
+# 把rtt.patch换成BSP目录下rtt.patch的正确路径
+git am rtt.patch
+```
+- 加载patch后不会影响使用ESP-IDF编译基于FreeRTOS的工程
+
+## 编译和烧录
+1. 在BSP路径下配置RT-Thread
 ```
 scons --menuconfig
 ```
-5. 每当使用`scons --menuconfig`更改RT-Thread配置后需要重新生成`CMakeLists.txt`。
+2. 每当使用`scons --menuconfig`更改RT-Thread配置后需要重新生成`CMakeLists.txt`。
 ```
 scons --target=esp-idf
 ```
-6. 使用`idf.py`命令编译,烧录。具体参考[乐鑫官网](https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-idf/en/latest/esp32c3/get-started/index.html#build-your-first-project)
-7. 下载程序成功之后,系统会运行,红色的 LED灯以 1S 周期闪烁。
+3. 如果使用Env安装了ESP-IDF,使用`idf.py`命令编译,烧录。具体参考[乐鑫官网](https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-idf/en/latest/esp32c3/get-started/index.html#build-your-first-project)。如果使用了在本地ESP-IDF加载patch的方式,可使用其他相应的编译和烧录方法,如[VSCode插件](https://github.com/espressif/vscode-esp-idf-extension/blob/master/docs/tutorial/install.md)。
+4. 下载程序成功之后,系统会运行,红色的 LED灯以 1S 周期闪烁。
 
 ## 注意事项
 

+ 5 - 1
bsp/ESP32_C3/drivers/Kconfig

@@ -7,11 +7,15 @@ config SOC_ESP32_C3
     select SOC_ESPRESSIF
     select RT_USING_COMPONENTS_INIT
     select RT_USING_USER_MAIN
-    select PKG_USING_ESP_IDF
+    select PKG_USING_ESP_IDF if BSP_USING_LOCAL_ESP_IDF = n
     default y
 
 menu "Hardware Drivers Config"
 
+config BSP_USING_LOCAL_ESP_IDF
+    bool "Use local ESP-IDF installation"
+    default n
+
 choice
     prompt "Select BSP board "
     default BSP_BOARD_LUATOS_ESP32C3

+ 21 - 4
bsp/ESP32_C3/rtconfig.h

@@ -176,16 +176,33 @@
 /* Arduino libraries */
 
 
-/* Sensor libraries */
+/* Projects */
 
 
-/* Display libraries */
+/* Sensors */
 
 
-/* Timing libraries */
+/* Display */
 
 
-/* Project libraries */
+/* Timing */
+
+
+/* Data Processing */
+
+
+/* Data Storage */
+
+/* Communication */
+
+/* Device Control */
+
+/* Other */
+
+/* Signal IO */
+
+
+/* Uncategorized */
 
 #define SOC_ESPRESSIF
 #define SOC_ESP32_C3

+ 346 - 15120
bsp/ESP32_C3/rtt.patch

@@ -1,22 +1,28 @@
-From 3d7fabf23eeae26b7d739fbb649090aa590dcf3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
-From: supperthomas <78900636@qq.com>
-Date: Fri, 6 May 2022 23:06:28 +0800
-Subject: [PATCH 1/4] add the config of RTTHREAD
+From 92402217b821c8da7e2a188352f095caaf0818d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
+From: tangzz98 <tangz98@outlook.com>
+Date: Tue, 13 Sep 2022 18:05:44 -0400
+Subject: [PATCH 1/2] Add config for RT-Thread
 
-add the init link file
 ---
  Kconfig                                       |   4 +
- .../esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in      |  26 +++
- components/freertos/port/port_common.c        |   5 +
- components/freertos/port/port_systick.c       |   3 +
- components/riscv/vectors.S                    | 220 ++++++++++++++++--
- 5 files changed, 239 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-)
+ components/driver/deprecated/i2s_legacy.c     |   4 +
+ components/driver/uart.c                      |   4 +
+ components/esp_system/crosscore_int.c         |   5 +-
+ .../esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in      |  37 ++++
+ .../port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c   |   8 +
+ components/esp_system/startup.c               |   9 +
+ components/esp_system/task_wdt.c              |   4 +
+ components/esp_timer/src/esp_timer.c          |   2 +
+ components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt            |  50 ++++-
+ .../freertos_tasks_c_additions.h              |   6 +-
+ components/riscv/vectors.S                    | 179 ++++++++++++++++++
+ 12 files changed, 309 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
 
 diff --git a/Kconfig b/Kconfig
-index 928d274106..d368adaa37 100644
+index c86ebeaaef..56d062b2db 100644
 --- a/Kconfig
 +++ b/Kconfig
-@@ -61,6 +61,10 @@ mainmenu "Espressif IoT Development Framework Configuration"
+@@ -101,6 +101,10 @@ mainmenu "Espressif IoT Development Framework Configuration"
          bool
          default "y" if IDF_TARGET="linux"
  
@@ -27,18 +33,80 @@ index 928d274106..d368adaa37 100644
      config IDF_FIRMWARE_CHIP_ID
          hex
          default 0x0000 if IDF_TARGET_ESP32
+diff --git a/components/driver/deprecated/i2s_legacy.c b/components/driver/deprecated/i2s_legacy.c
+index 2e36ab2608..92edf9d2bb 100644
+--- a/components/driver/deprecated/i2s_legacy.c
++++ b/components/driver/deprecated/i2s_legacy.c
+@@ -1600,7 +1600,11 @@ esp_err_t i2s_driver_install(i2s_port_t i2s_num, const i2s_config_t *i2s_config,
+         i2s_obj->i2s_queue = xQueueCreate(queue_size, sizeof(i2s_event_t));
+         ESP_GOTO_ON_FALSE(i2s_obj->i2s_queue, ESP_ERR_NO_MEM, err, TAG, "I2S queue create failed");
+         *((QueueHandle_t *) i2s_queue) = i2s_obj->i2s_queue;
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
+         ESP_LOGD(TAG, "queue free spaces: %d", uxQueueSpacesAvailable(i2s_obj->i2s_queue));
++#else
++        ESP_LOGD(TAG, "queue free spaces: %lu", uxQueueSpacesAvailable(i2s_obj->i2s_queue));
++#endif
+     } else {
+         i2s_obj->i2s_queue = NULL;
+     }
+diff --git a/components/driver/uart.c b/components/driver/uart.c
+index b68b2900e1..63c9841380 100644
+--- a/components/driver/uart.c
++++ b/components/driver/uart.c
+@@ -1603,7 +1603,11 @@ esp_err_t uart_driver_install(uart_port_t uart_num, int rx_buffer_size, int tx_b
+         uart_pattern_queue_reset(uart_num, UART_PATTERN_DET_QLEN_DEFAULT);
+         if (uart_queue) {
+             *uart_queue = p_uart_obj[uart_num]->event_queue;
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
+             ESP_LOGI(UART_TAG, "queue free spaces: %d", uxQueueSpacesAvailable(p_uart_obj[uart_num]->event_queue));
++#else
++            ESP_LOGI(UART_TAG, "queue free spaces: %lu", uxQueueSpacesAvailable(p_uart_obj[uart_num]->event_queue));
++#endif
+         }
+     } else {
+         ESP_LOGE(UART_TAG, "UART driver already installed");
+diff --git a/components/esp_system/crosscore_int.c b/components/esp_system/crosscore_int.c
+index 4aae2a2540..8a9079de64 100644
+--- a/components/esp_system/crosscore_int.c
++++ b/components/esp_system/crosscore_int.c
+@@ -95,13 +95,14 @@ static void IRAM_ATTR esp_crosscore_isr(void *arg) {
+     if (my_reason_val & REASON_PRINT_BACKTRACE) {
+         esp_backtrace_print(100);
+     }
+-
++#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT
+     if (my_reason_val & REASON_TWDT_ABORT) {
+         extern void task_wdt_timeout_abort_xtensa(bool);
+         /* Called from a crosscore interrupt, thus, we are not the core that received
+          * the TWDT interrupt, call the function with `false` as a parameter. */
+         task_wdt_timeout_abort_xtensa(false);
+     }
++#endif
+ #endif // CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_XTENSA
+ }
+ 
+@@ -171,7 +172,9 @@ void IRAM_ATTR esp_crosscore_int_send_print_backtrace(int core_id)
+     esp_crosscore_int_send(core_id, REASON_PRINT_BACKTRACE);
+ }
+ 
++#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT
+ void IRAM_ATTR esp_crosscore_int_send_twdt_abort(int core_id) {
+     esp_crosscore_int_send(core_id, REASON_TWDT_ABORT);
+ }
+ #endif
++#endif
 diff --git a/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in b/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
-index 0ebeda06c1..8215237fff 100644
+index d6670bf759..1d51ffeea0 100644
 --- a/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
 +++ b/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
-@@ -183,6 +183,32 @@ SECTIONS
+@@ -178,6 +178,26 @@ SECTIONS
      _noinit_end = ABSOLUTE(.);
    } > dram0_0_seg
  
-+  .stack_dummy (COPY):
++  .stack :
 +  {
 +      . = ALIGN(8);
-+       __STACKSIZE__ = 40960; 
++      __STACKSIZE__ = 40960; 
 +      __stack_start__ = .;
 +      *(.stack*)
 +      . += __STACKSIZE__;
@@ -46,71 +114,263 @@ index 0ebeda06c1..8215237fff 100644
 +      __stack_end__ = .;
 +  } > dram0_0_seg
 +
-+  .stack_dummy (COPY):
++  .heap :
 +  {
 +      . = ALIGN(8);
-+       __HEAPSIZE__ = 40960; 
++      __HEAPSIZE__ = 40960; 
 +      __heap_start__ = .;
-+      . += __STACKSIZE__;
++      . += __HEAPSIZE__;
 +      __heap_end__ = .;
-+        /* section information for initial. */
-+        . = ALIGN(4);
-+        __rt_init_start = .;
-+        KEEP(*(SORT(.rti_fn*)))
-+        __rt_init_end = .;
-+
-+        . = ALIGN(4);
 +  } > dram0_0_seg
++
    /* Shared RAM */
    .dram0.bss (NOLOAD) :
    {
-diff --git a/components/freertos/port/port_common.c b/components/freertos/port/port_common.c
-index ffca3d5429..9d8159f588 100644
---- a/components/freertos/port/port_common.c
-+++ b/components/freertos/port/port_common.c
-@@ -74,11 +74,16 @@ void esp_startup_start_app_common(void)
-     esp_gdbstub_init();
- #endif // CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME
+@@ -218,6 +238,17 @@ SECTIONS
+     *(.fini)
+     *(.gnu.version)
  
-+#ifdef CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
-+    app_main();
-+#else
-     portBASE_TYPE res = xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(&main_task, "main",
-                                                 ESP_TASK_MAIN_STACK, NULL,
-                                                 ESP_TASK_MAIN_PRIO, NULL, ESP_TASK_MAIN_CORE);
-     assert(res == pdTRUE);
-     (void)res;
-+#endif
++    /* section information for finsh shell */
++    . = ALIGN(8);
++    __fsymtab_start = .;
++    KEEP(*(FSymTab))
++    __fsymtab_end = .;
++    . = ALIGN(8);
++    __vsymtab_start = .;
++    KEEP(*(VSymTab))
++    __vsymtab_end = .;
++    . = ALIGN(8);
++
+     /** CPU will try to prefetch up to 16 bytes of
+       * of instructions. This means that any configuration (e.g. MMU, PMS) must allow
+       * safe access to up to 16 bytes after the last real instruction, add
+@@ -318,6 +349,12 @@ SECTIONS
+     _esp_system_init_fn_array_start = ABSOLUTE(.);
+     KEEP (*(SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(.esp_system_init_fn.*)))
+     _esp_system_init_fn_array_end = ABSOLUTE(.);
++    /* section information for initial. */
++    . = ALIGN(4);
++    __rt_init_start = .;
++    KEEP(*(SORT(.rti_fn*)))
++    __rt_init_end = .;
++    . = ALIGN(4);
+     _rodata_end = ABSOLUTE(.);
+     /* Literals are also RO data. */
+     _lit4_start = ABSOLUTE(.);
+diff --git a/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c b/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
+index 07d22bf3aa..5eac5a88f8 100644
+--- a/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
++++ b/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
+@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@
+ #include "freertos/FreeRTOS.h"
+ #include "freertos/portmacro.h"
+ 
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
 +
+ static portMUX_TYPE shared_stack_spinlock = portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED;
+ static void *current_task_stack = NULL;
+ 
+@@ -46,9 +48,12 @@ static StackType_t *esp_switch_stack_setup(StackType_t *stack, size_t stack_size
+     return ((StackType_t *)adjusted_top_of_stack);
  }
  
- static void main_task(void* args)
-diff --git a/components/freertos/port/port_systick.c b/components/freertos/port/port_systick.c
-index 0c14a155a1..0fa203574b 100644
---- a/components/freertos/port/port_systick.c
-+++ b/components/freertos/port/port_systick.c
-@@ -116,6 +116,8 @@ void vPortSetupTimer(void)
-  */
- IRAM_ATTR void SysTickIsrHandler(void *arg)
++#endif
++
+ 
+ void esp_execute_shared_stack_function(SemaphoreHandle_t lock, void *stack, size_t stack_size, shared_stack_function function)
  {
-+#ifdef CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
+     assert(lock);
+     assert(stack);
+     assert(stack_size > 0 && stack_size >= CONFIG_ESP_MINIMAL_SHARED_STACK_SIZE);
+@@ -70,4 +75,7 @@ void esp_execute_shared_stack_function(SemaphoreHandle_t lock, void *stack, size
+     portEXIT_CRITICAL(&shared_stack_spinlock);
+ 
+     xSemaphoreGive(lock);
 +#else
-     uint32_t cpuid = xPortGetCoreID();
-     systimer_hal_context_t *systimer_hal = (systimer_hal_context_t *)arg;
- #ifdef CONFIG_PM_TRACE
-@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ IRAM_ATTR void SysTickIsrHandler(void *arg)
- #ifdef CONFIG_PM_TRACE
-     ESP_PM_TRACE_EXIT(TICK, cpuid);
++    function();
++#endif
+ }
+diff --git a/components/esp_system/startup.c b/components/esp_system/startup.c
+index 0feda4e9f5..b1752d91a0 100644
+--- a/components/esp_system/startup.c
++++ b/components/esp_system/startup.c
+@@ -72,6 +72,10 @@
+ #include "esp_psram.h"
+ #include "esp_private/esp_psram_extram.h"
  #endif
++
++#if CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
++#include "rtthread.h"
++#endif
+ /***********************************************/
+ 
+ #include "esp_private/startup_internal.h"
+@@ -266,6 +270,11 @@ static void do_core_init(void)
+        app CPU, and when that is not up yet, the memory will be inaccessible and heap_caps_init may
+        fail initializing it properly. */
+     heap_caps_init();
++#if CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD && defined RT_USING_HEAP
++    extern int __heap_start__;
++    extern int __heap_end__;
++    rt_system_heap_init((void *)&__heap_start__, (void *)&__heap_end__);
++#endif
+ 
+     // When apptrace module is enabled, there will be SEGGER_SYSVIEW calls in the newlib init.
+     // SEGGER_SYSVIEW relies on apptrace module
+diff --git a/components/esp_system/task_wdt.c b/components/esp_system/task_wdt.c
+index 58d1247bf0..60330edf8a 100644
+--- a/components/esp_system/task_wdt.c
++++ b/components/esp_system/task_wdt.c
+@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
+ #include "esp_private/eh_frame_parser.h"
+ #endif // CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_USE_EH_FRAME
+ 
++#if CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT
++
+ #if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_RISCV && !CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_USE_EH_FRAME
+ /* Function used to print all the registers pointed by the given frame .*/
+ extern void panic_print_registers(const void *frame, int core);
+@@ -784,3 +786,5 @@ esp_err_t esp_task_wdt_status(TaskHandle_t task_handle)
+ 
+     return ret;
+ }
++
 +#endif
+diff --git a/components/esp_timer/src/esp_timer.c b/components/esp_timer/src/esp_timer.c
+index 3ca19f642f..78779a08b3 100644
+--- a/components/esp_timer/src/esp_timer.c
++++ b/components/esp_timer/src/esp_timer.c
+@@ -460,10 +460,12 @@ out:
+     return ESP_ERR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+ 
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
+ ESP_SYSTEM_INIT_FN(esp_timer_startup_init, BIT(0), 100)
+ {
+     return esp_timer_init();
  }
++#endif
+ 
+ esp_err_t esp_timer_deinit(void)
+ {
+diff --git a/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt b/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
+index 78a8e4ae4e..5cd54494f6 100644
+--- a/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
++++ b/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
+@@ -6,7 +6,36 @@ endif()
+ 
+ idf_build_get_property(target IDF_TARGET)
+ 
+-if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP)
++if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
++    set(freertos_root "../../../FreeRTOS_Wrapper-latest/FreeRTOS")
++    set(srcs
++        "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/riscv/port.c")
++
++    set(include_dirs
++        "${freertos_root}/include"
++        esp_additions/include
++        esp_additions/include/freertos
++        "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/riscv/include")
++
++    set(private_include_dirs
++        "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/riscv/include/freertos")
++
++    list(APPEND srcs
++        "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/port_common.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/port_rt.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/event_groups.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/queue.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/tasks.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/timers.c"
++        "${freertos_root}/list.c"
++        "FreeRTOS-openocd.c"
++        "esp_additions/freertos_v8_compat.c")
++
++    list(APPEND private_include_dirs
++        "${freertos_root}/include/freertos"
++        "esp_additions/private_include")
++
++elseif(CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP)
+     set(ldfragments linker_smp.lf)
+     if(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_XTENSA)
+         set(srcs
+@@ -133,11 +162,19 @@ else()
+     endif()
+ endif()
+ 
++if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
++idf_component_register(SRCS "${srcs}"
++                    INCLUDE_DIRS ${include_dirs}
++                    PRIV_INCLUDE_DIRS  ${private_include_dirs}
++                    PRIV_REQUIRES soc esp_pm)
++else()
+ idf_component_register(SRCS "${srcs}"
+                     INCLUDE_DIRS ${include_dirs}
+                     PRIV_INCLUDE_DIRS  ${private_include_dirs}
+                     LDFRAGMENTS "${ldfragments}"
++                    REQUIRES main
+                     PRIV_REQUIRES soc esp_pm)
++endif()
+ 
+ idf_component_get_property(COMPONENT_DIR freertos COMPONENT_DIR)
+ 
+@@ -153,6 +190,16 @@ if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_DEBUG_OCDAWARE)
+     idf_build_set_property(COMPILE_OPTIONS "-DconfigENABLE_FREERTOS_DEBUG_OCDAWARE=1" APPEND)
+ endif()
+ 
++if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
++set_source_files_properties(
++    tasks.c
++    event_groups.c
++    timers.c
++    queue.c
++    PROPERTIES COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
++    _ESP_FREERTOS_INTERNAL
++    )
++else()
+ set_source_files_properties(
+     tasks.c
+     event_groups.c
+@@ -162,6 +209,7 @@ set_source_files_properties(
+     PROPERTIES COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
+     _ESP_FREERTOS_INTERNAL
+     )
++endif()
  
- #endif // CONFIG_FREERTOS_SYSTICK_USES_CCOUNT
+ # The freertos component provides the `start_app` and `start_app_other_cores`
+ # if it is included in the build. It then calls `app_main`
+diff --git a/components/freertos/esp_additions/private_include/freertos_tasks_c_additions.h b/components/freertos/esp_additions/private_include/freertos_tasks_c_additions.h
+index f5ecdbb5a9..96fc4f73ce 100644
+--- a/components/freertos/esp_additions/private_include/freertos_tasks_c_additions.h
++++ b/components/freertos/esp_additions/private_include/freertos_tasks_c_additions.h
+@@ -34,8 +34,9 @@
+ struct _reent *__getreent(void)
+ {
+     // No lock needed because if this changes, we won't be running anymore.
+-    TCB_t *pxCurTask = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+     struct _reent *ret;
++#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
++    TCB_t *pxCurTask = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+     if (pxCurTask == NULL) {
+         // No task running. Return global struct.
+         ret = _GLOBAL_REENT;
+@@ -43,6 +44,9 @@ struct _reent *__getreent(void)
+         // We have a task; return its reentrant struct.
+         ret = &pxCurTask->xNewLib_reent;
+     }
++#else
++    ret = _GLOBAL_REENT;
++#endif
+     return ret;
+ }
+ #endif // configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1
 diff --git a/components/riscv/vectors.S b/components/riscv/vectors.S
-index 1006d5bea5..963494fcb3 100644
+index 9b868280db..23236f3d8d 100644
 --- a/components/riscv/vectors.S
 +++ b/components/riscv/vectors.S
-@@ -17,6 +17,9 @@
+@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
  #include "soc/soc_caps.h"
  #include "sdkconfig.h"
  
@@ -118,102 +378,21 @@ index 1006d5bea5..963494fcb3 100644
 +#define LOAD                    lw
 +#define REGBYTES                4
  
- 	.equ SAVE_REGS, 32
- 	.equ CONTEXT_SIZE, (SAVE_REGS * 4)
-@@ -218,25 +221,27 @@ _call_panic_handler:
- 	 */
- 	.global _interrupt_handler
- 	.type _interrupt_handler, @function
+     .equ SAVE_REGS, 32
+     .equ CONTEXT_SIZE, (SAVE_REGS * 4)
+@@ -210,6 +213,8 @@ _return_from_exception:
+      */
+     .global _interrupt_handler
+     .type _interrupt_handler, @function
 +#ifndef CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
 +
  _interrupt_handler:
- 	/* entry */
--	save_regs
--	save_mepc
-+	save_regs   /* 保存寄存器 */
-+	save_mepc   /* 保存MEPC */
- 
- 	/* Before doing anythig preserve the stack pointer */
- 	/* It will be saved in current TCB, if needed */
--	mv a0, sp
-+	mv a0, sp            /* 保存SP  a0 = sp */
- 	call rtos_int_enter
- 
- 	/* Before dispatch c handler, restore interrupt to enable nested intr */
--	csrr s1, mcause
--	csrr s2, mstatus
-+	csrr s1, mcause    /* 保存mcause s1 = mcause */
-+	csrr s2, mstatus  /* 保存mstatus  s2 = mstatus */
- 
--	/* Save the interrupt threshold level */
--	la t0, INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG
--	lw s3, 0(t0)
-+	/* Save the interrupt threshold level 保存中断嵌套层数? */
-+	la t0, INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG  /* 保存mstatus  t0 = &INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG */
-+	lw s3, 0(t0)    /*   s3 = mstatus */
- 
--	/* Increase interrupt threshold level */
-+	/* Increase interrupt threshold level 增加中断嵌套层数*/
- 	li t2, 0x7fffffff
- 	and t1, s1, t2		/* t1 = mcause & mask */
- 	slli t1, t1, 2 		/* t1 = mcause * 4 */
-@@ -247,8 +252,8 @@ _interrupt_handler:
- 	sw t2, 0(t0)		/* INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG = t2 */
- 	fence
- 
--	li t0, 0x8
--	csrrs t0, mstatus, t0
-+	li t0, 0x8   /* t0 = 8 */
-+	csrrs t0, mstatus, t0    /*设置状态MIE寄存器,开总中断*/
- 
- 	#ifdef CONFIG_PM_TRACE
- 	li      a0, 0       /* = ESP_PM_TRACE_IDLE */
-@@ -269,34 +274,211 @@ _interrupt_handler:
- 	/* call the C dispatcher */
- 	mv      a0, sp      /* argument 1, stack pointer */
- 	mv      a1, s1      /* argument 2, interrupt number (mcause) */
--	/* mask off the interrupt flag of mcause */
-+	/* mask off the interrupt flag of mcause   屏幕异常中断*/
- 	li	    t0, 0x7fffffff
- 	and     a1, a1, t0
- 	jal     _global_interrupt_handler
- 
--	/* After dispatch c handler, disable interrupt to make freertos make context switch */
-+	/* After dispatch c handler, disable interrupt to make freertos make context switch 
-+	在调用c函数之后,disable 中断让freertos能够做内容切换
-+	*/
- 
- 	li t0, 0x8
--	csrrc t0, mstatus, t0
-+	csrrc t0, mstatus, t0  /*清状态MIE寄存器 关总中断*/
- 
--	/* restore the interrupt threshold level */
-+
-+	/* restore the interrupt threshold level  中断嵌套 */
- 	la t0, INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG
- 	sw s3, 0(t0)
- 	fence
- 
- 	/* Yield to the next task is needed: */
--	mv a0, sp
-+	mv a0, sp     /* a0 = sp*/
- 	call rtos_int_exit
- 
- 	/* The next (or current) stack pointer is returned in a0 */
--	mv sp, a0
-+	mv sp, a0    /* sp = a0*/
- 
- 	/* restore the rest of the registers */
--	csrw mcause, s1
--	csrw mstatus, s2
-+	csrw mcause, s1  /* mcause = s1 */
-+	csrw mstatus, s2   /* mstatus = s2 */
- 	restore_mepc
- 	restore_regs
- 
- 	/* exit, this will also re-enable the interrupts */
- 	mret
- 	.size  _interrupt_handler, .-_interrupt_handler
+     /* Start by saving the general purpose registers and the PC value before
+      * the interrupt happened. */
+@@ -308,3 +313,177 @@ _interrupt_handler:
+     /* exit, this will also re-enable the interrupts */
+     mret
+     .size  _interrupt_handler, .-_interrupt_handler
 +#else
 +_interrupt_handler:
 +    /* 此时CPU的sp = from_thread->sp */
@@ -320,7 +499,7 @@ index 1006d5bea5..963494fcb3 100644
 +    beqz  s2, spurious_interrupt    /* if (s2 == 0) goto spurious_interrupt; else 执行下一条语句*/
 +
 +    /* 需要上下文切换: 主要目的是将CPU的sp指针,赋值为to_thread的sp */
-+    
++
 +    /* 将 s0 所执向的地址的内容设置为0, 也就是,将变量 rt_thread_switch_interrupt_flag 赋值为了 0 */
 +    /* s0存放的值是 rt_thread_switch_interrupt_flag 变量的地址*/
 +    sw    zero, 0(s0)       /* *s0 = 0; 也就是 rt_thread_switch_interrupt_flag = 0 */
@@ -335,7 +514,7 @@ index 1006d5bea5..963494fcb3 100644
 +    la    s0, rt_interrupt_from_thread  /* s0 = &rt_interrupt_from_thread 注意: rt_interrupt_from_thread = &(from_thread->sp) */
 +    LOAD  s1, 0(s0)                     /* s1 = rt_interrupt_from_thread,也就是s1 = &(from_thread->sp) */
 +    STORE sp, 0(s1)                     /* from_thread->sp = sp*/
-+   
++
 +    /* 接下来,需要开始恢复CPU的sp为to_thread的sp了 */
 +    la    s0, rt_interrupt_to_thread    /* s0 = &rt_interrupt_to_thread 注意: rt_interrupt_to_thread = &(to_thred->sp)*/
 +    LOAD  s1, 0(s0)                     /* s1 = rt_interrupt_to_thread, 也就是s1 = &(to_thred->sp) */
@@ -388,14986 +567,33 @@ index 1006d5bea5..963494fcb3 100644
 +    mret
 +	.size  _interrupt_handler, .-_interrupt_handler
 +#endif
+\ No newline at end of file
 -- 
 2.32.0 (Apple Git-132)
 
 
-From d0d1f625543282df462af56cc18abaa5a47d4f40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
-From: supperthomas <78900636@qq.com>
-Date: Sat, 9 Jul 2022 21:37:53 +0800
-Subject: [PATCH 2/4] remove submodule
-
-remove submodule
----
- .gitmodules | 111 ----------------------------------------------------
- 1 file changed, 111 deletions(-)
-
-diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules
-index 49edc68e10..8b13789179 100644
---- a/.gitmodules
-+++ b/.gitmodules
-@@ -1,112 +1 @@
--#
--# All the relative URL paths are intended to be GitHub ones
--# For Espressif's public projects please use '../../espressif/proj', not a '../proj'
--#
- 
--[submodule "components/esptool_py/esptool"]
--	path = components/esptool_py/esptool
--	url = ../../espressif/esptool.git
--
--[submodule "components/bt/controller/lib_esp32"]
--	path = components/bt/controller/lib_esp32
--        url = ../../espressif/esp32-bt-lib.git
--
--[submodule "components/bootloader/subproject/components/micro-ecc/micro-ecc"]
--	path = components/bootloader/subproject/components/micro-ecc/micro-ecc
--	url = ../../kmackay/micro-ecc.git
--
--[submodule "components/coap/libcoap"]
--	path = components/coap/libcoap
--	url = ../../obgm/libcoap.git
--
--[submodule "components/nghttp/nghttp2"]
--	path = components/nghttp/nghttp2
--	url = ../../nghttp2/nghttp2.git
--
--[submodule "components/libsodium/libsodium"]
--	path = components/libsodium/libsodium
--	url = ../../jedisct1/libsodium.git
--
--[submodule "components/spiffs/spiffs"]
--	path = components/spiffs/spiffs
--	url = ../../pellepl/spiffs.git
--
--[submodule "components/json/cJSON"]
--	path = components/json/cJSON
--	url = ../../DaveGamble/cJSON.git
--
--[submodule "components/mbedtls/mbedtls"]
--	path = components/mbedtls/mbedtls
--	url = ../../espressif/mbedtls.git
--
--[submodule "components/asio/asio"]
--	path = components/asio/asio
--	url = ../../espressif/asio.git
--
--[submodule "components/expat/expat"]
--	path = components/expat/expat
--	url = ../../libexpat/libexpat.git
--
--[submodule "components/lwip/lwip"]
--	path = components/lwip/lwip
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-lwip.git
--
--[submodule "components/mqtt/esp-mqtt"]
--	path = components/mqtt/esp-mqtt
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-mqtt.git
--
--[submodule "components/protobuf-c/protobuf-c"]
--	path = components/protobuf-c/protobuf-c
--	url = ../../protobuf-c/protobuf-c.git
--
--[submodule "components/unity/unity"]
--	path = components/unity/unity
--	url = ../../ThrowTheSwitch/Unity.git
--
--[submodule "examples/build_system/cmake/import_lib/main/lib/tinyxml2"]
--	path = examples/build_system/cmake/import_lib/main/lib/tinyxml2
--	url = ../../leethomason/tinyxml2.git
--
--[submodule "components/bt/host/nimble/nimble"]
--	path = components/bt/host/nimble/nimble
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-nimble.git
--
--[submodule "components/cbor/tinycbor"]
--	path = components/cbor/tinycbor
--	url = ../../intel/tinycbor.git
--
--[submodule "components/esp_wifi/lib"]
--	path = components/esp_wifi/lib
--	url = ../../espressif/esp32-wifi-lib.git
--
--[submodule "components/tinyusb/tinyusb"]
--	path = components/tinyusb/tinyusb
--	url = ../../espressif/tinyusb.git
--
--[submodule "examples/peripherals/secure_element/atecc608_ecdsa/components/esp-cryptoauthlib"]
--	path = examples/peripherals/secure_element/atecc608_ecdsa/components/esp-cryptoauthlib
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-cryptoauthlib.git
--
--[submodule "components/cmock/CMock"]
--	path = components/cmock/CMock
--	url = ../../ThrowTheSwitch/CMock.git
--
--[submodule "components/openthread/openthread"]
--	path = components/openthread/openthread
--	url = ../../espressif/openthread.git
--
--[submodule "components/bt/controller/lib_esp32c3_family"]
--	path = components/bt/controller/lib_esp32c3_family
--	url = ../../espressif/esp32c3-bt-lib.git
--
--[submodule "components/esp_phy/lib"]
--	path = components/esp_phy/lib
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-phy-lib.git
--
--[submodule "components/openthread/lib"]
--	path = components/openthread/lib
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-thread-lib.git
--
--[submodule "components/ieee802154/lib"]
--	path = components/ieee802154/lib
--	url = ../../espressif/esp-ieee802154-lib.git
--- 
-2.32.0 (Apple Git-132)
-
-
-From 29b9d1ebe7fe1c817428b856e208561ae0dc574b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
+From 394259fb2164e513abd4f0d23d88da92c2a2ac9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
 From: tangzz98 <tangz98@outlook.com>
-Date: Sat, 30 Jul 2022 15:08:12 +0800
-Subject: [PATCH 3/4] Add FreeRTOS wrapper
+Date: Fri, 23 Sep 2022 00:12:13 -0400
+Subject: [PATCH 2/2] Specify freertos_root in project CMakeLists.txt
 
 ---
- .../include/esp_serial_slave_link/essl.h      |    2 +-
- .../port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c   |    6 +
- components/esp_system/startup.c               |   12 +
- components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt            |   73 +-
- .../FreeRTOS/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c    |  212 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/event_groups.c                   |  225 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/freertos_v8_compat.c             |   33 +
- .../esp_additions/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h   |  326 +++
- .../esp_additions/freertos/task_snapshot.h    |   90 +
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/FreeRTOS.h      | 1198 +++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/event_groups.h  |  621 +++++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/list.h          |  416 +++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/portable.h      |  141 +
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/projdefs.h      |   64 +
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/queue.h         | 1188 +++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/semphr.h        | 1188 +++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/task.h          | 2265 +++++++++++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/include/freertos/timers.h        | 1185 +++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/list.c                           |  213 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_1.c            |  145 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_2.c            |  277 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_3.c            |   78 +
- .../FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_4.c            |  447 ++++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_5.c            |  506 ++++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/port_common.c               |  203 ++
- .../include/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h    |  105 +
- .../rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro.h    |  107 +
- .../include/freertos/portmacro_deprecated.h   |   94 +
- .../include/freertos/portmacro_esp32c3.h      |  424 +++
- .../FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port.c            |   44 +
- .../FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c    |  197 ++
- .../FreeRTOS/queue.c                          |  787 ++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/tasks.c                          | 1254 +++++++++
- .../FreeRTOS/timers.c                         |  328 +++
- .../RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/readme.md   |    3 +
- 35 files changed, 14436 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/event_groups.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/freertos_v8_compat.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/task_snapshot.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/FreeRTOS.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/event_groups.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/list.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/portable.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/projdefs.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/queue.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/semphr.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/task.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/timers.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/list.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_1.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_2.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_3.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_4.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_5.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/port_common.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_deprecated.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_esp32c3.h
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/queue.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/tasks.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/timers.c
- create mode 100644 components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/readme.md
+ components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt | 2 +-
+ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
 
-diff --git a/components/esp_serial_slave_link/include/esp_serial_slave_link/essl.h b/components/esp_serial_slave_link/include/esp_serial_slave_link/essl.h
-index f03274a401..e9bc4939c0 100644
---- a/components/esp_serial_slave_link/include/esp_serial_slave_link/essl.h
-+++ b/components/esp_serial_slave_link/include/esp_serial_slave_link/essl.h
-@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ esp_err_t essl_read_reg(essl_handle_t handle, uint8_t add, uint8_t *value_o, uin
-  *        - ESP_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED: Current device does not support this function.
-  *        - ESP_ERR_TIMEOUT:       No interrupts before timeout.
-  */
--esp_err_t essl_wait_int(essl_handle_t handle, uint32_t wait_ms);
-+esp_err_t essl_wait_int(essl_handle_t handle, TickType_t wait_ms);
- 
- /** Clear interrupt bits of ESSL slave. All the bits set in the mask will be cleared, while other bits will stay the same.
-  *
-diff --git a/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c b/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
-index 07d22bf3aa..64c1e0689d 100644
---- a/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
-+++ b/components/esp_system/port/arch/riscv/expression_with_stack.c
-@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
- #include "freertos/FreeRTOS.h"
- #include "freertos/portmacro.h"
- 
-+#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
- static portMUX_TYPE shared_stack_spinlock = portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED;
- static void *current_task_stack = NULL;
- 
-@@ -45,10 +46,12 @@ static StackType_t *esp_switch_stack_setup(StackType_t *stack, size_t stack_size
- #endif
-     return ((StackType_t *)adjusted_top_of_stack);
- }
-+#endif
- 
- 
- void esp_execute_shared_stack_function(SemaphoreHandle_t lock, void *stack, size_t stack_size, shared_stack_function function)
- {
-+#if !defined CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
-     assert(lock);
-     assert(stack);
-     assert(stack_size > 0 && stack_size >= CONFIG_ESP_MINIMAL_SHARED_STACK_SIZE);
-@@ -70,4 +73,7 @@ void esp_execute_shared_stack_function(SemaphoreHandle_t lock, void *stack, size
-     portEXIT_CRITICAL(&shared_stack_spinlock);
- 
-     xSemaphoreGive(lock);
-+#else
-+    function();
-+#endif
- }
-diff --git a/components/esp_system/startup.c b/components/esp_system/startup.c
-index 139ae8b6a2..6c6acdf575 100644
---- a/components/esp_system/startup.c
-+++ b/components/esp_system/startup.c
-@@ -56,6 +56,10 @@
- 
- #include "esp_rom_sys.h"
- 
-+#if CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
-+#include "rtthread.h"
-+#endif
-+
- // [refactor-todo] make this file completely target-independent
- #if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32
- #include "esp32/clk.h"
-@@ -235,6 +239,14 @@ static void do_core_init(void)
-        app CPU, and when that is not up yet, the memory will be inaccessible and heap_caps_init may
-        fail initializing it properly. */
-     heap_caps_init();
-+#if CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
-+#if defined RT_USING_HEAP
-+    extern int __heap_start__;
-+    extern int __heap_end__;
-+    rt_system_heap_init((void *)&__heap_start__, (void *)&__heap_end__);
-+#endif
-+    rt_system_scheduler_init();
-+#endif
- 
-     // When apptrace module is enabled, there will be SEGGER_SYSVIEW calls in the newlib init.
-     // SEGGER_SYSVIEW relies on apptrace module
 diff --git a/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt b/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
-index bd5acf5a2f..8db7883df6 100644
+index 5cd54494f6..33c901c187 100644
 --- a/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
 +++ b/components/freertos/CMakeLists.txt
-@@ -6,7 +6,29 @@ endif()
- 
+@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ endif()
  idf_build_get_property(target IDF_TARGET)
  
--if(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_XTENSA)
-+if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
-+    set(freertos_root "RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS")
-+else()
-+    set(freertos_root ".")
-+endif()
-+
-+if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
-+    set(srcs
-+        "${freertos_root}/port/rt-thread/port.c"
-+        "${freertos_root}/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c")
-+
-+    set(include_dirs
-+        "${freertos_root}/include"
-+        "${freertos_root}/include/esp_additions/freertos"  # For files with #include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
-+        "${freertos_root}/port/rt-thread/include"            # For including arch-specific FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h in port/<arch>/include
-+        "${freertos_root}/include/esp_additions")          # For files with #include "freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h"
-+
-+    set(private_include_dirs
-+        "${freertos_root}/port/rt-thread/include/freertos"
-+        "${freertos_root}/port/rt-thread"
-+        "${freertos_root}")
-+
-+elseif(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_XTENSA)
+ if(CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
+-    set(freertos_root "../../../FreeRTOS_Wrapper-latest/FreeRTOS")
++    message(${freertos_root})
      set(srcs
-         "port/xtensa/port.c"
-         "port/xtensa/portasm.S"
-@@ -48,21 +70,25 @@ elseif(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_RISCV)
- endif()
+         "${freertos_root}/portable/esp-idf/riscv/port.c")
  
- list(APPEND srcs
--    "esp_additions/task_snapshot.c"
--    "port/port_common.c"
--    "port/port_systick.c"
--    "croutine.c"
--    "event_groups.c"
--    "list.c"
--    "queue.c"
--    "tasks.c"
--    "timers.c"
--    "stream_buffer.c"
--    "FreeRTOS-openocd.c"
--    "freertos_v8_compat.c")
-+    "${freertos_root}/port/port_common.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/event_groups.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/queue.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/tasks.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/timers.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/list.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/freertos_v8_compat.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c")
-+
-+if(NOT CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
-+    list(APPEND srcs
-+        "port/port_systick.c"
-+        "croutine.c"
-+        "stream_buffer.c"
-+        "freertos_v8_compat.c")
-+endif()
- 
- list(APPEND private_include_dirs
--    "include/freertos")
-+    "${freertos_root}/include/freertos")
- 
- if(CONFIG_ESP32_IRAM_AS_8BIT_ACCESSIBLE_MEMORY)
-     list(APPEND srcs "port/xtensa/xtensa_loadstore_handler.S")
-@@ -71,7 +97,7 @@ endif()
- # esp_timer is required by FreeRTOS because we use esp_tiemr_get_time() to do profiling
- # app_trace is required by FreeRTOS headers only when CONFIG_APPTRACE_SV_ENABLE=y,
- # REQUIRES can't depend on config options, so always require it.
--set(required_components app_trace esp_timer)
-+set(required_components app_trace esp_timer main)
- 
- idf_component_register(SRCS "${srcs}"
-                     INCLUDE_DIRS ${include_dirs}
-@@ -88,15 +114,22 @@ if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_DEBUG_OCDAWARE)
- endif()
- 
- set_source_files_properties(
--    tasks.c
--    event_groups.c
--    timers.c
--    queue.c
--    stream_buffer.c
-+    "${freertos_root}/tasks.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/event_groups.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/timers.c"
-+    "${freertos_root}/queue.c"
-     PROPERTIES COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
-     _ESP_FREERTOS_INTERNAL
-     )
- 
-+if(NOT CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD)
-+    set_source_files_properties(
-+        stream_buffer.c
-+        PROPERTIES COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
-+        _ESP_FREERTOS_INTERNAL
-+    )
-+endif()
-+
- # The freertos component provides the `start_app` and `start_app_other_cores`
- # if it is included in the build. It then calls `app_main`
- # from the main task created, which must be provided by the user.
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..1244118b60
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/esp_additions/task_snapshot.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
-+/*
-+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017-2021 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
-+ */
-+
-+#include "freertos/FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "freertos/task_snapshot.h"
-+
-+#ifndef DIM
-+#define DIM(t) (sizeof(t)/ sizeof(*(t)))
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT == 1 )
-+
-+	static void prvTaskGetSnapshot( TaskSnapshot_t *pxTaskSnapshotArray, UBaseType_t *uxTask, void *pxTCB )
-+	{
-+		if (pxTCB == NULL) {
-+			return;
-+		}
-+		pxTaskSnapshotArray[ *uxTask ].pxTCB = pxTCB;
-+		pxTaskSnapshotArray[ *uxTask ].pxTopOfStack = (StackType_t *) pxTCBGetTopOfStack(pxTCB);
-+		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-+		{
-+			pxTaskSnapshotArray[ *uxTask ].pxEndOfStack = pxTCBGetEndOfStack(pxTCB);
-+		}
-+		#else
-+		{
-+			pxTaskSnapshotArray[ *uxTask ].pxEndOfStack = pxTCBGetStartOfStack(pxTCB);
-+		}
-+		#endif
-+		(*uxTask)++;
-+	}
-+
-+	static void prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( TaskSnapshot_t *pxTaskSnapshotArray, UBaseType_t *uxTask, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, List_t *pxList )
-+	{
-+		void *pxNextTCB = NULL;
-+		void *pxFirstTCB = NULL;
-+
-+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-+		{
-+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
-+			do
-+			{
-+				if( *uxTask >= uxArraySize ) {
-+					break;
-+				}
-+
-+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
-+				prvTaskGetSnapshot( pxTaskSnapshotArray, uxTask, pxNextTCB );
-+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-+		}
-+		else
-+		{
-+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-+		}
-+	}
-+
-+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSnapshotAll( TaskSnapshot_t * const pxTaskSnapshotArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, UBaseType_t * const pxTcbSz )
-+	{
-+		UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
-+		UBaseType_t i = 0;
-+
-+
-+		*pxTcbSz = pxTCBGetSize();
-+		/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-+		task in the Ready state. */
-+		i = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-+		do
-+		{
-+			i--;
-+			prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxListGetReadyTask(i) );
-+		} while( i > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-+
-+		/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-+		task in the Blocked state. */
-+		prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxGetDelayedTaskList() );
-+		prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxGetOverflowDelayedTaskList() );
-+		for (i = 0; i < configNUM_CORES; i++) {
-+			if( uxTask >= uxArraySize ) {
-+				break;
-+			}
-+			prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxListGetReadyPendingTask(i) );
-+		}
-+
-+		#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-+		{
-+			prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxGetTasksWaitingTermination() );
-+		}
-+		#endif
-+
-+		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-+		{
-+			prvTaskGetSnapshotsFromList( pxTaskSnapshotArray, &uxTask, uxArraySize, pxGetSuspendedTaskList() );
-+		}
-+		#endif
-+		return uxTask;
-+	}
-+
-+	static void *prvFirstTaskGet( List_t *pxList )
-+	{
-+		ListItem_t *pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
-+		if( pxListItem != listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ) {
-+			return listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem );
-+		}
-+		return NULL;
-+	}
-+
-+	static void *prvNextTaskGet( void *pxTCB )
-+	{
-+		List_t *pxList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxTCBGetStateListItem(pxTCB) );
-+		ListItem_t *pxListItem = listGET_NEXT( pxTCBGetStateListItem(pxTCB) );
-+		if( pxListItem != listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ) {
-+			return listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem );
-+		}
-+		return NULL;
-+	}
-+
-+	void vTaskGetSnapshot( TaskHandle_t pxTask, TaskSnapshot_t *pxTaskSnapshot )
-+	{
-+		configASSERT( portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTask) );
-+		configASSERT( pxTaskSnapshot != NULL );
-+		pxTaskSnapshot->pxTCB = (void*) pxTask;
-+		pxTaskSnapshot->pxTopOfStack = pxTCBGetTopOfStack((void*) pxTask);
-+		pxTaskSnapshot->pxEndOfStack = pxTCBGetEndOfStack((void*) pxTask);
-+	}
-+
-+	TaskHandle_t pxTaskGetNext( TaskHandle_t pxTask )
-+	{
-+		void *pxTCB = pxTask;
-+		List_t *pxTaskList = NULL;
-+		UBaseType_t i = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-+		UBaseType_t bCurTaskListFound = pdFALSE;
-+		List_t *task_lists[] = {
-+			pxGetDelayedTaskList(),
-+			pxGetOverflowDelayedTaskList(),
-+		#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-+			pxGetTasksWaitingTermination(),
-+		#endif
-+		#if( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-+			pxGetSuspendedTaskList()
-+		#endif
-+		};
-+
-+		if( pxTask != NULL && !portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTask) ) {
-+			return NULL;
-+		}
-+
-+		if( pxTCB != NULL ) {
-+			pxTCB = prvNextTaskGet( pxTCB );
-+			if( pxTCB != NULL ) {
-+				// take care not to return garbage
-+				return portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTCB) ? pxTCB : NULL;
-+			}
-+			pxTaskList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxTCBGetStateListItem(pxTask) );
-+		}
-+		/* ready tasks lists */
-+		do
-+		{
-+			i--;
-+			List_t *pxList = pxListGetReadyTask(i);
-+			if( bCurTaskListFound == pdFALSE && pxTaskList != NULL ) {
-+				/* need to find list the current task item from */
-+				if( pxTaskList == pxList ) {
-+					bCurTaskListFound = pdTRUE;
-+				}
-+				continue; /* go to the next 'ready list' */
-+			}
-+			pxTCB = prvFirstTaskGet( pxList );
-+			if( pxTCB != NULL ) {
-+				// take care not to return garbage
-+				return portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTCB) ? pxTCB : NULL;
-+		}
-+		}
-+		while( i > tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
-+		/* pending ready tasks lists */
-+		for (i = 0; i < configNUM_CORES; i++) {
-+			List_t *pxList = pxListGetReadyPendingTask(i);
-+			if( bCurTaskListFound == pdFALSE && pxTaskList != NULL ) {
-+				/* need to find list the current task item from */
-+				if( pxTaskList == pxList ) {
-+					bCurTaskListFound = pdTRUE;
-+				}
-+				continue; /* go to the next 'ready list' */
-+			}
-+			pxTCB = prvFirstTaskGet( pxList );
-+			if( pxTCB != NULL ) {
-+				// take care not to return garbage
-+				return portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTCB) ? pxTCB : NULL;
-+			}
-+		}
-+		/* other tasks lists */
-+		for (i = 0; i < DIM(task_lists); i++) {
-+			List_t *pxList = task_lists[ i ];
-+			if( bCurTaskListFound == pdFALSE && pxTaskList != NULL ) {
-+				/* need to find list the current task item from */
-+				if( pxTaskList == pxList ) {
-+					bCurTaskListFound = pdTRUE;
-+				}
-+				continue; /* go to the next 'ready list' */
-+			}
-+			pxTCB = prvFirstTaskGet( pxList );
-+			if( pxTCB != NULL ) {
-+				// take care not to return garbage
-+				return portVALID_TCB_MEM(pxTCB) ? pxTCB : NULL;
-+			}
-+		}
-+
-+		return NULL;
-+	}
-+
-+#endif
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/event_groups.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/event_groups.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..1b708564ed
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/event_groups.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/* Standard includes. */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+#include "event_groups.h"
-+
-+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
-+{
-+    struct rt_event event;
-+} EventGroup_t;
-+
-+static volatile rt_uint8_t event_index = 0;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer )
-+    {
-+        char name[RT_NAME_MAX] = {0};
-+
-+        /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
-+        configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
-+
-+        rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "event%02d", event_index++ );
-+        rt_event_init( ( rt_event_t ) pxEventGroupBuffer, name, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+
-+        return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventGroupBuffer;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
-+    {
-+        EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
-+        char name[RT_NAME_MAX] = {0};
-+
-+        rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "event%02d", event_index++ );
-+        pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) rt_event_create( name, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+
-+        return pxEventBits;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-+                                 const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-+                                 const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-+                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    rt_event_t event = ( rt_event_t ) xEventGroup;
-+    rt_uint8_t option = 0;
-+    rt_uint32_t recved;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+    rt_err_t err;
-+
-+    /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
-+     * itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
-+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-+    configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
-+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    if ( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
-+    {
-+        option |= RT_EVENT_FLAG_AND;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        option |= RT_EVENT_FLAG_OR;
-+    }
-+    if ( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-+    {
-+        option |= RT_EVENT_FLAG_CLEAR;
-+    }
-+    err = rt_event_recv( event, ( rt_uint32_t ) uxBitsToWaitFor, option, ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait, &recved );
-+
-+    if ( err != RT_EOK )
-+    {
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        recved = event->set;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable(level);
-+    }
-+
-+    return ( EventBits_t ) recved;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                  const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-+{
-+    rt_event_t event = ( rt_event_t ) xEventGroup;
-+    EventBits_t uxReturn;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    uxReturn = ( EventBits_t ) event->set;
-+    event->set &= ~( ( rt_uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear );
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-+{
-+    return xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
-+}
-+
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-+{
-+    rt_event_t event = ( rt_event_t ) xEventGroup;
-+    EventBits_t uxReturn;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    uxReturn = ( EventBits_t ) event->set;
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
-+{
-+    rt_event_t event = ( rt_event_t ) xEventGroup;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+    EventBits_t uxReturn;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-+
-+    rt_event_send( event, ( rt_uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet);
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    uxReturn = ( EventBits_t ) event->set;
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable(level);
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-+{
-+    rt_event_t event = ( rt_event_t ) xEventGroup;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-+
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+    if ( rt_object_is_systemobject( ( rt_object_t ) event ) )
-+#endif
-+    {
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+        rt_event_detach( event );
-+    #endif
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+#endif
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+        rt_event_delete( event );
-+    #endif
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                          const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-+                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+    {
-+        xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-+        if ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL)
-+        {
-+            pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+
-+        return pdPASS;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/freertos_v8_compat.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/freertos_v8_compat.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..fe8d689125
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/freertos_v8_compat.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
-+// Copyright 2020 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
-+//
-+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
-+//
-+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-+//
-+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-+// limitations under the License.
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "queue.h"
-+#include "semphr.h"
-+
-+/* This API is kept for backward ABI compatibility with prebuilt libraries against FreeRTOS v8/v9 in ESP-IDF */
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xPeek )
-+{
-+	if ( xPeek == pdTRUE )
-+	{
-+		return xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait );
-+	}
-+
-+	if ( pvBuffer == NULL )
-+	{
-+		return xQueueSemaphoreTake( xQueue, xTicksToWait );
-+	}
-+
-+	return xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait );
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..8a4739a3a5
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
-+/*
-+    FreeRTOS V10 - Copyright (C) 2021 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-+    All rights reserved
-+
-+    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-+
-+    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-+    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-+    Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-+
-+	***************************************************************************
-+    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-+    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-+    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-+    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-+	***************************************************************************
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-+    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-+    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-+
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-+     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-+     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-+     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-+     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-+     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-+     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-+	the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-+	defined configASSERT()?
-+
-+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-+	embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-+	participating in the support forum.
-+
-+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-+	be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-+	FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-+	Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-+    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-+    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-+    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-+    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-+    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-+
-+    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-+    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-+    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-+
-+    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-+*/
-+
-+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
-+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
-+
-+#include "sdkconfig.h"
-+
-+/* for likely and unlikely */
-+#include "esp_compiler.h"
-+
-+// The arch-specific FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h in port/<arch>/include.
-+#include "freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h"
-+
-+#if !(defined(FREERTOS_CONFIG_XTENSA_H) \
-+        || defined(FREERTOS_CONFIG_RISCV_H) \
-+        || defined(FREERTOS_CONFIG_LINUX_H))
-+#error "Needs architecture-speific FreeRTOSConfig.h!"
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE
-+#define portNUM_PROCESSORS                              2
-+#else
-+#define portNUM_PROCESSORS                              1
-+#endif
-+
-+#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS                          0
-+#define configUSE_MUTEX                                 1
-+
-+#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS CONFIG_FREERTOS_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
-+#define configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS     1
-+
-+/* configASSERT behaviour */
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+#include <assert.h>
-+
-+// If CONFIG_FREERTOS_ASSERT_DISABLE is set then configASSERT is defined empty later in FreeRTOS.h and the macro
-+// configASSERT_DEFINED remains unset (meaning some warnings are avoided)
-+
-+#if defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_ASSERT_FAIL_PRINT_CONTINUE)
-+#define configASSERT(a) if (unlikely(!(a))) {                               \
-+        esp_rom_printf("%s:%d (%s)- assert failed!\n", __FILE__, __LINE__,  \
-+                   __FUNCTION__);                                           \
-+    }
-+#elif defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_ASSERT_FAIL_ABORT)
-+#define configASSERT(a) assert(a)
-+#endif
-+
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_ASSERT_ON_UNTESTED_FUNCTION
-+#define UNTESTED_FUNCTION() { esp_rom_printf("Untested FreeRTOS function %s\r\n", __FUNCTION__); configASSERT(false); } while(0)
-+#else
-+#define UNTESTED_FUNCTION()
-+#endif
-+
-+#endif /* def __ASSEMBLER__ */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+ * Application specific definitions.
-+ *
-+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
-+ * application requirements.
-+ *
-+ * Note that the default heap size is deliberately kept small so that
-+ * the build is more likely to succeed for configurations with limited
-+ * memory.
-+ *
-+ * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
-+ * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
-+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION                            1
-+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK                             1
-+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK                             1
-+#define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS                 1
-+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ                              ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ )
-+
-+/* This has impact on speed of search for highest priority */
-+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES                            ( 32 )
-+
-+/* Various things that impact minimum stack sizes */
-+
-+/* Higher stack checker modes cause overhead on each function call */
-+#if CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_ALL || CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_STRONG
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_CHECKER                    256
-+#else
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_CHECKER                    0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* with optimizations disabled, scheduler uses additional stack */
-+#if CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_NONE
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_OPTIMIZATION               320
-+#else
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_OPTIMIZATION               0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* apptrace mdule increases minimum stack usage */
-+#if CONFIG_APPTRACE_ENABLE
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_APPTRACE                   1280
-+#else
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_APPTRACE                   0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Stack watchpoint decreases minimum usable stack size by up to 60 bytes.
-+   See FreeRTOS FREERTOS_WATCHPOINT_END_OF_STACK option in Kconfig. */
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_WATCHPOINT_END_OF_STACK
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_WATCHPOINT                   60
-+#else
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_WATCHPOINT                   0
-+#endif
-+
-+#define configSTACK_OVERHEAD_TOTAL (                                    \
-+                                    configSTACK_OVERHEAD_CHECKER +      \
-+                                    configSTACK_OVERHEAD_OPTIMIZATION + \
-+                                    configSTACK_OVERHEAD_APPTRACE +     \
-+                                    configSTACK_OVERHEAD_WATCHPOINT     \
-+                                                                        )
-+
-+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE                        (768 + configSTACK_OVERHEAD_TOTAL)
-+
-+#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE
-+#define configIDLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE CONFIG_FREERTOS_IDLE_TASK_STACKSIZE
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Minimal heap size to make sure examples can run on memory limited
-+   configs. Adjust this to suit your system. */
-+
-+
-+//We define the heap to span all of the non-statically-allocated shared RAM. ToDo: Make sure there
-+//is some space left for the app and main cpu when running outside of a thread.
-+#define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP                1
-+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE                           (&_heap_end - &_heap_start)//( ( size_t ) (64 * 1024) )
-+
-+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN                         ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_MAX_TASK_NAME_LEN )
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY
-+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY                        1       /* Used by uxTaskGetSystemState(), and other trace facility functions */
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
-+#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS            1   /* Used by vTaskList() */
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_VTASKLIST_INCLUDE_COREID
-+#define configTASKLIST_INCLUDE_COREID                   1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
-+#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS                   1       /* Used by vTaskGetRunTimeStats() */
-+#endif
-+
-+#define configBENCHMARK                                 0
-+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS                          0
-+#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD                         0
-+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE                       CONFIG_FREERTOS_QUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
-+
-+#define configUSE_MUTEXES                               1
-+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES                     1
-+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES                   1
-+
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_NONE
-+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW                  0
-+#elif CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_PTRVAL
-+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW                  1
-+#elif CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_CANARY
-+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW                  2
-+#endif
-+
-+
-+/* Co-routine definitions. */
-+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES                           0
-+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES                 ( 2 )
-+
-+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
-+   to exclude the API function. */
-+
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet                        1
-+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet                       1
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete                             1
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources                   0
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend                            1
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil                         1
-+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay                              1
-+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark             1
-+#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName                       1
-+#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle                  1
-+#define INCLUDE_pxTaskGetStackStart                     1
-+#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState                           1
-+#define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay                         1
-+#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle                          1
-+#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder                1
-+#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall                  1
-+#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle          0   //Currently there is no need for this API
-+
-+/* The priority at which the tick interrupt runs.  This should probably be
-+   kept at 1. */
-+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY                 1
-+
-+#if !CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX
-+#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT                      1
-+#endif
-+
-+#define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION                1
-+#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION                 1
-+
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_ENABLE_STATIC_TASK_CLEAN_UP
-+extern void vPortCleanUpTCB ( void *pxTCB );
-+#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB )           vPortCleanUpTCB( pxTCB )
-+#endif
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Test FreeRTOS timers (with timer task) and more. */
-+/* Some files don't compile if this flag is disabled */
-+#define configUSE_TIMERS                                1
-+#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY                       CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH                        CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
-+#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH                    CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
-+
-+#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS                            1
-+
-+#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE                         CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE
-+#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
-+#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP           CONFIG_FREERTOS_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
-+#endif //configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
-+
-+
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_ENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT
-+#define configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT                      1
-+#endif
-+#ifndef configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT
-+#define configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT                      0
-+#endif
-+
-+#if CONFIG_SYSVIEW_ENABLE
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+#include "SEGGER_SYSVIEW_FreeRTOS.h"
-+#undef INLINE // to avoid redefinition
-+#endif /* def __ASSEMBLER__ */
-+#endif
-+
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_MUTEX_GIVEN_BY_OWNER
-+#define configCHECK_MUTEX_GIVEN_BY_OWNER                1
-+#else
-+#define configCHECK_MUTEX_GIVEN_BY_OWNER                0
-+#endif
-+
-+
-+#define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H       1
-+
-+#define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES           1
-+
-+// backward compatibility for 4.4
-+#define xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList
-+
-+#define configNUM_CORES                                 portNUM_PROCESSORS
-+
-+/* RT-Thread wrapper */
-+#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle   1
-+
-+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/task_snapshot.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/task_snapshot.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..1ad04cce69
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/esp_additions/freertos/task_snapshot.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
-+// Copyright 2015-2021 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) PTE LTD
-+//
-+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
-+//
-+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-+//
-+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-+// limitations under the License.
-+
-+#pragma once
-+
-+#include "freertos/FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "freertos/task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT == 1 )
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * Check `freertos_tasks_c_additions.h` file for more info
-+ * about these functions declaration.
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t pxTCBGetSize ( void );
-+ListItem_t*	pxTCBGetStateListItem ( void *pxTCB );
-+StackType_t* pxTCBGetStartOfStack ( void *pxTCB );
-+StackType_t* pxTCBGetTopOfStack ( void *pxTCB );
-+StackType_t* pxTCBGetEndOfStack ( void *pxTCB );
-+List_t* pxListGetReadyTask ( UBaseType_t idx );
-+List_t* pxListGetReadyPendingTask ( UBaseType_t idx );
-+List_t* pxGetDelayedTaskList ( void );
-+List_t* pxGetOverflowDelayedTaskList ( void );
-+List_t* pxGetTasksWaitingTermination ( void );
-+List_t* pxGetSuspendedTaskList ( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * Used with the uxTaskGetSnapshotAll() function to save memory snapshot of each task in the system.
-+ * We need this struct because TCB_t is defined (hidden) in tasks.c.
-+ */
-+typedef struct xTASK_SNAPSHOT
-+{
-+	void        *pxTCB;         /*!< Address of task control block. */
-+	StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;  /*!< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. */
-+	StackType_t *pxEndOfStack;  /*!< Points to the end of the stack. pxTopOfStack < pxEndOfStack, stack grows hi2lo
-+									pxTopOfStack > pxEndOfStack, stack grows lo2hi*/
-+} TaskSnapshot_t;
-+
-+
-+/*
-+ * This function fills array with TaskSnapshot_t structures for every task in the system.
-+ * Used by panic handling code to get snapshots of all tasks in the system.
-+ * Only available when configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT is set to 1.
-+ * @param pxTaskSnapshotArray Pointer to array of TaskSnapshot_t structures to store tasks snapshot data.
-+ * @param uxArraySize Size of tasks snapshots array.
-+ * @param pxTcbSz Pointer to store size of TCB.
-+ * @return Number of elements stored in array.
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSnapshotAll( TaskSnapshot_t * const pxTaskSnapshotArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, UBaseType_t * const pxTcbSz );
-+
-+/*
-+ * This function iterates over all tasks in the system.
-+ * Used by panic handling code to iterate over tasks in the system.
-+ * Only available when configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT is set to 1.
-+ * @note This function should not be used while FreeRTOS is running (as it doesn't acquire any locks).
-+ * @param pxTask task handle.
-+ * @return Handle for the next task. If pxTask is NULL, returns hadnle for the first task.
-+ */
-+TaskHandle_t pxTaskGetNext( TaskHandle_t pxTask );
-+
-+/*
-+ * This function fills TaskSnapshot_t structure for specified task.
-+ * Used by panic handling code to get snapshot of a task.
-+ * Only available when configENABLE_TASK_SNAPSHOT is set to 1.
-+ * @note This function should not be used while FreeRTOS is running (as it doesn't acquire any locks).
-+ * @param pxTask task handle.
-+ * @param pxTaskSnapshot address of TaskSnapshot_t structure to fill.
-+ */
-+void vTaskGetSnapshot( TaskHandle_t pxTask, TaskSnapshot_t *pxTaskSnapshot );
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+}
-+#endif
-+
-+#endif
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/FreeRTOS.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/FreeRTOS.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..b3efa13f20
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/FreeRTOS.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,1198 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+#define INC_FREERTOS_H
-+
-+/*
-+ * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
-+ */
-+#include <stddef.h>
-+
-+/*
-+ * If stdint.h cannot be located then:
-+ *   + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
-+ *   + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
-+ *     compiler stores stdint.h.
-+ *   + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
-+ *     stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
-+ *     other way).
-+ *   + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
-+ *     used in cases where none is provided by the compiler.  The files only
-+ *     contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS.  Read the instructions
-+ *     in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
-+ */
-+#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#include <rtthread.h>
-+#include <rthw.h>
-+
-+/* Application specific configuration options. */
-+#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
-+
-+/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
-+#include "projdefs.h"
-+
-+/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
-+#include "portable.h"
-+
-+/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */
-+#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
-+    #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT    0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Required if struct _reent is used. */
-+#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-+    #include <reent.h>
-+#endif
-+
-+/*
-+ * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
-+ * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
-+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
-+    #error Missing definition:  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task.  Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
-+    #error Missing definition:  configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1
-+    #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
-+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
-+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
-+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
-+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
-+    #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
-+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
-+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
-+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
-+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-+    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-+
-+/* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil was replaced by INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil.  Backward
-+ * compatibility is maintained if only one or the other is defined, but
-+ * there is a conflict if both are defined. */
-+        #error INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil and INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil are both defined.  INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is no longer required and should be removed
-+    #endif
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-+    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-+
-+/* If INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set but INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil is not then
-+ * the project's FreeRTOSConfig.h probably pre-dates the introduction of
-+ * xTaskDelayUntil and setting INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil to whatever
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set to will ensure backward compatibility.
-+ */
-+        #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil    INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-+    #endif
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
-+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
-+    #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
-+    #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder    INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
-+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
-+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
-+    #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
-+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
-+    #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
-+        #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
-+    #endif
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK
-+    #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
-+    #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
-+    #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
-+    #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
-+    #define configUSE_MUTEXES    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
-+    #define configUSE_TIMERS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
-+    #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
-+    #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
-+    #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
-+    #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN    16
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
-+    #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
-+    #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configASSERT
-+    #define configASSERT( x )
-+    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    0
-+#else
-+    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    1
-+#endif
-+
-+/* configPRECONDITION should be defined as configASSERT.
-+ * The CBMC proofs need a way to track assumptions and assertions.
-+ * A configPRECONDITION statement should express an implicit invariant or
-+ * assumption made.  A configASSERT statement should express an invariant that must
-+ * hold explicit before calling the code. */
-+#ifndef configPRECONDITION
-+    #define configPRECONDITION( X )    configASSERT( X )
-+    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    0
-+#else
-+    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portMEMORY_BARRIER
-+    #define portMEMORY_BARRIER()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portSOFTWARE_BARRIER
-+    #define portSOFTWARE_BARRIER()
-+#endif
-+
-+/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
-+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
-+
-+    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
-+    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
-+
-+    #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
-+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
-+    #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
-+
-+    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
-+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
-+    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-+
-+#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
-+    #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
-+    #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue )    ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
-+    #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
-+    #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
-+    #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
-+    #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE    0U
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
-+    #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
-+    #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
-+    #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
-+    #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE    uint32_t
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
-+#ifndef traceSTART
-+
-+/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
-+ * into which trace is to be written. */
-+    #define traceSTART()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEND
-+
-+/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
-+ * written. */
-+    #define traceEND()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
-+
-+/* Called after a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
-+ * to the task control block of the selected task. */
-+    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
-+
-+/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
-+ * sleep. */
-+    #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
-+    /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
-+    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
-+    /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
-+    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
-+
-+/* Called before a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
-+ * to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
-+    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
-+
-+/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
-+ * lower priority task.  pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
-+ * that holds the mutex.  uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
-+ * will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
-+ * muted. */
-+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
-+
-+/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
-+ * the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
-+ * pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
-+ * mutex.  uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
-+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
-+
-+/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
-+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
-+ * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
-+ * task that attempted the read. */
-+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK
-+
-+/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
-+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
-+ * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
-+ * task that attempted the read. */
-+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
-+
-+/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
-+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
-+ * upon which the write was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
-+ * task that attempted the write. */
-+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
-+    #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS
-+    #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H
-+    #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H    0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
-+
-+#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
-+    #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
-+    #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
-+    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
-+    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
-+    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-+    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
-+    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-+    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
-+    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
-+    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
-+    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SET_SEND
-+    #define traceQUEUE_SET_SEND    traceQUEUE_SEND
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
-+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
-+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
-+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
-+    #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
-+    #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
-+    #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
-+    #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
-+    #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
-+    #define traceTASK_DELAY()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
-+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
-+    #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
-+    #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
-+    #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
-+    #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
-+    #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
-+    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
-+    #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
-+    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceMALLOC
-+    #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceFREE
-+    #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
-+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
-+    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
-+    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
-+    #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE( uxIndexToWait )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT( uxIndexToWait )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY( uxIndexToNotify )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND
-+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
-+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
-+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef ESP_PLATFORM
-+#ifndef traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER
-+    #define traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceISR_EXIT
-+    #define traceISR_EXIT()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef traceISR_ENTER
-+    #define traceISR_ENTER(_n_)
-+#endif
-+#endif // ESP_PLATFORM
-+
-+#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
-+    #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-+
-+    #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
-+        #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined.  portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
-+    #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-+
-+    #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-+        #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-+            #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined.  See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
-+        #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
-+    #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
-+
-+#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-+
-+#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
-+    #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
-+    #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
-+    #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
-+    #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API    portYIELD
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
-+    #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
-+    #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP    2
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
-+    #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
-+    #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-+    #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-+    #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-+    #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
-+    #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
-+    #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT
-+    #define portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( ulSecureStackSize )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portDONT_DISCARD
-+    #define portDONT_DISCARD
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
-+    #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
-+    #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
-+    #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
-+    #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
-+    #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
-+    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
-+    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
-+    #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
-+    #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
-+    #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
-+    #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES
-+    #define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES < 1
-+    #error configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES must be at least 1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO
-+    #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
-+    /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
-+    #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-+    /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */
-+    #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
-+
-+/* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
-+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */
-+    #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE    uint16_t
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE
-+
-+/* Defaults to uint32_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden in
-+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint32_t is too restrictive. */
-+
-+    #define configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE    uint32_t
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE
-+
-+/* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
-+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes
-+ * in a size_t. */
-+    #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE    size_t
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Sanity check the configuration. */
-+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 )
-+        #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0
-+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-+
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-+    #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1.
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) )
-+    #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT
-+    #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
-+
-+/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
-+ * portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
-+ * the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()                      portENTER_CRITICAL()
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()                       portEXIT_CRITICAL()
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
-+#else
-+
-+/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
-+ * tick count is returned can be defined away. */
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         0
-+    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    ( void ) x
-+#endif /* if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) */
-+
-+/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
-+ * V8 if desired. */
-+#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
-+    #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY    1
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configPRINTF
-+
-+/* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing.  To use
-+ * configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is
-+ * provided by the application writer):
-+ *
-+ * void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... );
-+ #define configPRINTF( X )   MyPrintFunction X
-+ *
-+ * Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around
-+ * all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter.  For example:
-+ * configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */
-+    #define configPRINTF( X )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configMAX
-+
-+/* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define
-+ * the following generic implementation. */
-+    #define configMAX( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configMIN
-+
-+/* The application writer has not provided their own MIN macro, so define
-+ * the following generic implementation. */
-+    #define configMIN( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
-+    #define eTaskStateGet                 eTaskGetState
-+    #define portTickType                  TickType_t
-+    #define xTaskHandle                   TaskHandle_t
-+    #define xQueueHandle                  QueueHandle_t
-+    #define xSemaphoreHandle              SemaphoreHandle_t
-+    #define xQueueSetHandle               QueueSetHandle_t
-+    #define xQueueSetMemberHandle         QueueSetMemberHandle_t
-+    #define xTimeOutType                  TimeOut_t
-+    #define xMemoryRegion                 MemoryRegion_t
-+    #define xTaskParameters               TaskParameters_t
-+    #define xTaskStatusType               TaskStatus_t
-+    #define xTimerHandle                  TimerHandle_t
-+    #define xCoRoutineHandle              CoRoutineHandle_t
-+    #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE              TaskHookFunction_t
-+    #define portTICK_RATE_MS              portTICK_PERIOD_MS
-+    #define pcTaskGetTaskName             pcTaskGetName
-+    #define pcTimerGetTimerName           pcTimerGetName
-+    #define pcQueueGetQueueName           pcQueueGetName
-+    #define vTaskGetTaskInfo              vTaskGetInfo
-+    #define xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter    ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
-+
-+/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
-+ * are not really required but are included for completeness. */
-+    #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK             TimerCallbackFunction_t
-+    #define pdTASK_CODE                   TaskFunction_t
-+    #define xListItem                     ListItem_t
-+    #define xList                         List_t
-+
-+/* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure
-+ * members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */
-+    #define pxContainer                   pvContainer
-+#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 )
-+    #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even
-+ * if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use.
-+ * This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating
-+ * point support. */
-+#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT
-+    #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT    1
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Set configENABLE_MPU to 1 to enable MPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
-+ * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-+#ifndef configENABLE_MPU
-+    #define configENABLE_MPU    0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Set configENABLE_FPU to 1 to enable FPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
-+ * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-+#ifndef configENABLE_FPU
-+    #define configENABLE_FPU    1
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it.
-+ * This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-+#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE
-+    #define configENABLE_TRUSTZONE    1
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Set configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY to 1 to run the FreeRTOS ARMv8M port on
-+ * the Secure Side only. */
-+#ifndef configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY
-+    #define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY    0
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS
-+    #define configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS    0
-+#endif
-+
-+
-+/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
-+ * dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
-+ * that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
-+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
-+ * allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
-+ * the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
-+ * settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
-+ * allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
-+ * stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
-+ * deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
-+ * made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
-+ * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
-+ * task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
-+ * that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
-+ * a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB.
-+ *
-+ * The following table lists various combinations of portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS,
-+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and
-+ * when it is possible to have both static and dynamic allocation:
-+ *  +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
-+ * | MPU | Dynamic | Static |     Available Functions     |       Possible Allocations        | Both Dynamic and | Need Free |
-+ * |     |         |        |                             |                                   | Static Possible  |           |
-+ * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
-+ * | 0   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic           | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
-+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
-+ * | 0   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate                 | TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic    | No               | Yes       |
-+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
-+ * | 0   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic           | 2. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
-+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
-+ * | 1   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic,          | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
-+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
-+ * | 1   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted       | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
-+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
-+ * | 1   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic,          | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted,      | 3. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
-+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
-+ * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
-+ */
-+#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE                                                                                     \
-+    ( ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || \
-+      ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
-+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
-+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the Task structure used internally by
-+ * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if the application
-+ * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then
-+ * the size of the task object needs to be known.  The StaticTask_t structure
-+ * below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes and alignment requirements are
-+ * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which
-+ * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-+ * are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will
-+ * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members.
-+ */
-+typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB
-+{
-+    struct rt_thread thread;
-+    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+        void * pxTaskTag;
-+    #endif
-+    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+        uint32_t ulNotifiedValue[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-+        uint8_t ucNotifyState[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-+    #endif
-+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-+        uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
-+    #endif
-+} StaticTask_t;
-+
-+typedef struct
-+{
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *rt_ipc;
-+    struct rt_messagequeue ipc_obj;
-+} StaticQueue_t;
-+
-+typedef struct
-+{
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *rt_ipc;
-+    union
-+    {
-+        struct rt_semaphore_wrapper semaphore;
-+        struct rt_mutex mutex;
-+    } ipc_obj;
-+} StaticSemaphore_t;
-+
-+typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP
-+{
-+    struct rt_event event;
-+} StaticEventGroup_t;
-+
-+typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER
-+{
-+    struct rt_timer timer;
-+    void * pvTimerID;
-+} StaticTimer_t;
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/event_groups.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/event_groups.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..591814d37f
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/event_groups.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
-+#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+/**
-+ * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
-+ * meaning.  For example, an application may create an event group to convey
-+ * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
-+ * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
-+ * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
-+ * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
-+ * CAN network" etc.  A task can then test the bit values to see which events
-+ * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
-+ * bit or a group of specified bits to be active.  To continue the CAN bus
-+ * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
-+ * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
-+ * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
-+ * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
-+ * send a SYNC).
-+ *
-+ * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
-+ * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
-+ * variable for the same purpose.  This is particularly important with respect
-+ * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
-+ * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
-+ * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
-+ * 'rendezvous').
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+
-+
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ *
-+ * Type by which event groups are referenced.  For example, a call to
-+ * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
-+ * be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+struct EventGroupDef_t;
-+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t   * EventGroupHandle_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
-+ * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
-+ * 32 bits if set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+typedef TickType_t               EventBits_t;
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Create a new event group.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
-+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
-+ * groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
-+ * (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
-+ * using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
-+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
-+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
-+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
-+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
-+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
-+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
-+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
-+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
-+ * event bits within an event group.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
-+ * returned.  If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
-+ * event group then NULL is returned.  See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  // Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
-+ *  EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
-+ *
-+ *  // Attempt to create the event group.
-+ *  xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
-+ *
-+ *  // Was the event group created successfully?
-+ *  if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The event group was not created because there was insufficient
-+ *      // FreeRTOS heap available.
-+ *  }
-+ *  else
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The event group was created.
-+ *  }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Create a new event group.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
-+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
-+ * groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
-+ * (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
-+ * using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
-+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
-+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
-+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
-+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
-+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
-+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
-+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
-+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
-+ * event bits within an event group.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
-+ * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
-+ * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
-+ * returned.  If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  // StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
-+ *  // size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
-+ *  // provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
-+ *  // group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
-+ *  // settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
-+ *  // real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
-+ *  // into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
-+ *  // the event group's data structures
-+ *  StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
-+ *  xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits(    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+ *                                      const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-+ *                                      const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-+ *                                      const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-+ *                                      const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
-+ * previously created event group.
-+ *
-+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested.  The
-+ * event group must have previously been created using a call to
-+ * xEventGroupCreate().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
-+ * inside the event group.  For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
-+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05.  To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
-+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07.  Etc.
-+ *
-+ * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
-+ * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
-+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
-+ * returns for a reason other than a timeout).  If xClearOnExit is set to
-+ * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
-+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
-+ *
-+ * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
-+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
-+ * are set or the specified block time expires.  If xWaitForAllBits is set to
-+ * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
-+ * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires.  The block
-+ * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
-+ * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
-+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
-+ *
-+ * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
-+ * for became set, or the block time expired.  Test the return value to know
-+ * which bits were set.  If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
-+ * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set.  If
-+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
-+ * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
-+ * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
-+ * pdTRUE.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
-+ * #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
-+ *
-+ * void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-+ * {
-+ * EventBits_t uxBits;
-+ * const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
-+ *
-+ *      // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
-+ *      // the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
-+ *      uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
-+ *                  xEventGroup,    // The event group being tested.
-+ *                  BIT_0 | BIT_4,  // The bits within the event group to wait for.
-+ *                  pdTRUE,         // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
-+ *                  pdFALSE,        // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
-+ *                  xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
-+ *
-+ *      if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
-+ *          // without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
-+ *      }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-+                                 const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-+                                 const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-+                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Clear bits within an event group.  This function cannot be called from an
-+ * interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
-+ * in the event group.  For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
-+ * 0x08.  To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
-+ *
-+ * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
-+ * #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
-+ *
-+ * void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-+ * {
-+ * EventBits_t uxBits;
-+ *
-+ *      // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-+ *      uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
-+ *                              xEventGroup,    // The event group being updated.
-+ *                              BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
-+ *
-+ *      if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
-+ *          // called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
-+ *          // now be clear.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
-+ *          // now be clear.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
-+ *      }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                  const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
-+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
-+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
-+ * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
-+ * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts.  As
-+ * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.  Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
-+ * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
-+ * task.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
-+ * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08.  To clear bit 3
-+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
-+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
-+ * if the timer service queue was full.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
-+ * #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
-+ *
-+ * // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
-+ * // xEventGroupCreate().
-+ * EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
-+ *
-+ * void anInterruptHandler( void )
-+ * {
-+ *      // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-+ *      xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
-+ *                          xEventGroup,     // The event group being updated.
-+ *                          BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
-+ *
-+ *      if( xResult == pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // The message was posted successfully.
-+ *      }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Set bits within an event group.
-+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.  xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
-+ * is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
-+ * blocked waiting for the bits.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
-+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
-+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
-+ *
-+ * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
-+ * xEventGroupSetBits() returns.  There are two reasons why the returned value
-+ * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared.  First,
-+ * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
-+ * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
-+ * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()).  Second, any
-+ * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
-+ * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
-+ * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
-+ * #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
-+ *
-+ * void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-+ * {
-+ * EventBits_t uxBits;
-+ *
-+ *      // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-+ *      uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
-+ *                          xEventGroup,    // The event group being updated.
-+ *                          BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
-+ *
-+ *      if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
-+ *          // cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
-+ *          // task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
-+ *          // state.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
-+ *          // cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
-+ *          // task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
-+ *          // state.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
-+ *          // was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
-+ *          // cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
-+ *      }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
-+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
-+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
-+ * interrupts or from critical sections.  Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
-+ * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
-+ * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
-+ * critical section.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
-+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
-+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
-+ * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
-+ * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
-+ * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
-+ * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
-+ * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
-+ * example code below.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
-+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
-+ * if the timer service queue was full.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
-+ * #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
-+ *
-+ * // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
-+ * // xEventGroupCreate().
-+ * EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
-+ *
-+ * void anInterruptHandler( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
-+ *
-+ *      // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
-+ *      xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *      // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-+ *      xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
-+ *                          xEventGroup,    // The event group being updated.
-+ *                          BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
-+ *                          &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ *      // Was the message posted successfully?
-+ *      if( xResult == pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
-+ *          // switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
-+ *          // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
-+ *          // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
-+ *          portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *      }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-+                                      const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-+                                      BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group.  This function
-+ * cannot be used from an interrupt.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup )    xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
-+ * \ingroup EventGroup
-+ */
-+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-+
-+/**
-+ * event_groups.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
-+ * xEventGroupCreate().  Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
-+ * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
-+ *
-+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
-+ */
-+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/list.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/list.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..dde1f3572e
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/list.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
-+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/*
-+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler.  While it is tailored
-+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
-+ * application code.
-+ *
-+ * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts.  Each ListItem_t contains a
-+ * numeric value (xItemValue).  Most of the time the lists are sorted in
-+ * descending item value order.
-+ *
-+ * Lists are created already containing one list item.  The value of this
-+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
-+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker.  The list member pxHead always
-+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list.  This
-+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
-+ * the list.
-+ *
-+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
-+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
-+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it.  These later two
-+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation.  There is
-+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
-+ * the list item itself.
-+ *
-+ *
-+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
-+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+    #error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef LIST_H
-+#define LIST_H
-+
-+/*
-+ * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
-+ * by rights should be declared volatile.  However, they are only modified in a
-+ * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
-+ * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
-+ * a volatile variable.  Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
-+ * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
-+ * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour.  The assembly
-+ * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
-+ * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
-+ * deemed to be as intended.  That said, as compiler technology advances, and
-+ * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
-+ * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
-+ * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation.  It is expected
-+ * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
-+ * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
-+ * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
-+ * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler.  If this is ever experienced
-+ * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
-+ * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
-+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
-+ * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
-+ * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
-+ *
-+ * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
-+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
-+ * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
-+ */
-+#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
-+    #define configLIST_VOLATILE
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
-+ * then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
-+ * the application.   These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
-+ * memory.  They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
-+ * use of FreeRTOS.*/
-+#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
-+    /* Define the macros to do nothing. */
-+    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
-+    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
-+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
-+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
-+    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
-+    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
-+#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
-+    /* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
-+    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
-+    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
-+    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
-+    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE         TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
-+
-+/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
-+    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )     ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )    ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-+
-+/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
-+ * contain its expected value. */
-+    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )                      configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
-+    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )                           configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
-+#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
-+
-+
-+/*
-+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
-+ */
-+struct xLIST;
-+struct xLIST_ITEM
-+{
-+    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE               /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;              /*< The value being listed.  In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
-+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;         /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
-+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;     /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
-+    void * pvOwner;                                         /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item.  There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
-+    struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer;         /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
-+    listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE              /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+};
-+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;                       /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
-+
-+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
-+{
-+    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
-+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
-+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
-+};
-+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
-+ */
-+typedef struct xLIST
-+{
-+    listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+    volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
-+    ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex;     /*< Used to walk through the list.  Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
-+    MiniListItem_t xListEnd;                      /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
-+    listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE         /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+} List_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
-+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
-+ *
-+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner )    ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to get the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
-+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item.  In most cases the value is
-+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
-+ *
-+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue )     ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item.  The value can
-+ * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
-+ * which a task should be unblocked.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
-+ * list.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )        ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Return the list item at the head of the list.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )                      ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Return the next list item.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem )                        ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Return the list item that marks the end of the list
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList )                      ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items.  The macro will
-+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
-+ *
-+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList )                       ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
-+ */
-+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList )                 ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
-+ *
-+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
-+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
-+ * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter.  Using multiple calls to this
-+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
-+ * a list.
-+ *
-+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
-+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
-+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
-+ * item and its owner.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
-+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList )                                           \
-+    {                                                                                          \
-+        List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList );                                               \
-+        /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */               \
-+        /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list.  */                         \
-+        ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                           \
-+        if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
-+        {                                                                                      \
-+            ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                       \
-+        }                                                                                      \
-+        ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner;                                         \
-+    }
-+
-+
-+/*
-+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list.  Lists
-+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
-+ *
-+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
-+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
-+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
-+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
-+ * item and its owner.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
-+ * returned.
-+ *
-+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )            ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list.  The list item maintains a
-+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in.  All this macro does
-+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
-+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
-+ */
-+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem )    ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
-+ *
-+ * @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
-+ * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
-+ */
-+#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem )            ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
-+
-+/*
-+ * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
-+ * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
-+ * function.
-+ */
-+#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList )                ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Must be called before a list is used!  This initialises all the members
-+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
-+ * marker to the back of the list.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
-+ *
-+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Must be called before a list item is used.  This sets the list container to
-+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
-+ *
-+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted into the list in
-+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
-+ *
-+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
-+ *
-+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
-+                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
-+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
-+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
-+ *
-+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
-+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
-+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
-+ * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
-+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
-+ * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
-+ *
-+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
-+                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
-+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
-+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
-+ *
-+ * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
-+ * been removed.
-+ *
-+ * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
-+ * \ingroup LinkedList
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove );
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/portable.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/portable.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..f0b56ae166
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/portable.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
-+#define PORTABLE_H
-+
-+#include "freertos/portmacro.h"
-+
-+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x001f )
-+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x000f )
-+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0007 )
-+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0003 )
-+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0001 )
-+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0000 )
-+#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
-+    #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
-+#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#ifdef configUSE_FREERTOS_PROVIDED_HEAP
-+
-+/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
-+ * that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
-+typedef struct HeapRegion
-+{
-+    uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
-+    size_t xSizeInBytes;
-+} HeapRegion_t;
-+
-+/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
-+typedef struct xHeapStats
-+{
-+    size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes;          /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
-+    size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes;      /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-+    size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes;     /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-+    size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks;                 /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-+    size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;      /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
-+    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;      /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
-+    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;            /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
-+} HeapStats_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
-+ * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
-+ * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
-+ * pvPortMalloc being called.
-+ *
-+ * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
-+ * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
-+ * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
-+ * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
-+ */
-+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
-+ * heap state.
-+ */
-+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
-+ */
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+
-+#if( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
-+    void *pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+    void vPortFreeStack( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-+#else
-+    #define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
-+    #define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
-+#endif
-+#else  // configUSE_FREERTOS_PROVIDED_HEAP
-+
-+/*
-+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
-+ *
-+ * Note that libc standard malloc/free are also available for
-+ * non-FreeRTOS-specific code, and behave the same as
-+ * pvPortMalloc()/vPortFree().
-+ */
-+#define pvPortMalloc malloc
-+#define vPortFree free
-+#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize esp_get_free_heap_size
-+#define xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize esp_get_minimum_free_heap_size
-+
-+#endif
-+
-+void vPortEndScheduler( void );
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/projdefs.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/projdefs.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..8b7c01bee7
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/projdefs.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
-+#define PROJDEFS_H
-+
-+/*
-+ * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform.  Defined in this
-+ * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
-+ */
-+typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
-+
-+/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks.  This macro can be
-+ * overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
-+ * definition here is not suitable for your application. */
-+#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
-+    #define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs )    ( ( TickType_t ) rt_tick_from_millisecond( (rt_int32_t) xTimeInMs ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef ESP_PLATFORM
-+#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
-+    #define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTicks )   ( ( uint32_t ) ( xTicks ) * 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
-+#endif
-+#endif // ESP_PLATFORM
-+
-+#define pdFALSE                                  ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define pdTRUE                                   ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-+
-+#define pdPASS                                   ( pdTRUE )
-+#define pdFAIL                                   ( pdFALSE )
-+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY                           ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define errQUEUE_FULL                            ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+
-+/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
-+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY    ( -1 )
-+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED                         ( -4 )
-+#define errQUEUE_YIELD                           ( -5 )
-+
-+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/queue.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/queue.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..57fe10ee8d
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/queue.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+#ifndef QUEUE_H
-+#define QUEUE_H
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+/**
-+ * Type by which queues are referenced.  For example, a call to xQueueCreate()
-+ * returns an QueueHandle_t variable that can then be used as a parameter to
-+ * xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc.
-+ */
-+struct QueueDefinition; /* Using old naming convention so as not to break kernel aware debuggers. */
-+typedef struct QueueDefinition   * QueueHandle_t;
-+
-+/* For internal use only. */
-+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK                     ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT                    ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-+#define queueOVERWRITE                        ( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
-+
-+/* For internal use only.  These definitions *must* match those in queue.c. */
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE                  ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET                   ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX                 ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE    ( ( uint8_t ) 2U )
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE      ( ( uint8_t ) 3U )
-+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX       ( ( uint8_t ) 4U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueueCreate(
-+ *                            UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+ *                            UBaseType_t uxItemSize
-+ *                        );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
-+ * can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, queues use two blocks of
-+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the queue's data structures.  The
-+ * second block is used to hold items placed into the queue.  If a queue is
-+ * created using xQueueCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xQueueCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a queue is created using
-+ * xQueueCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
-+ * will get used by the queue.  xQueueCreateStatic() therefore allows a queue to
-+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
-+ *
-+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
-+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
-+ * that will be copied for each posted item.  Each item on the queue must be
-+ * the same size.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly
-+ * created queue is returned.  If the queue cannot be created then 0 is
-+ * returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * };
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
-+ *  if( xQueue1 == 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Queue was not created and must not be used.
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *  if( xQueue2 == 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Queue was not created and must not be used.
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xQueueCreate( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize )    xQueueGenericCreate( ( uxQueueLength ), ( uxItemSize ), ( queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateStatic(
-+ *                            UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+ *                            UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-+ *                            uint8_t *pucQueueStorage,
-+ *                            StaticQueue_t *pxQueueBuffer
-+ *                        );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
-+ * can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, queues use two blocks of
-+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the queue's data structures.  The
-+ * second block is used to hold items placed into the queue.  If a queue is
-+ * created using xQueueCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xQueueCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a queue is created using
-+ * xQueueCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
-+ * will get used by the queue.  xQueueCreateStatic() therefore allows a queue to
-+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
-+ *
-+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
-+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
-+ * that will be copied for each posted item.  Each item on the queue must be
-+ * the same size.
-+ *
-+ * @param pucQueueStorage If uxItemSize is not zero then
-+ * pucQueueStorage must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
-+ * enough to hold the maximum number of items that can be in the queue at any
-+ * one time - which is ( uxQueueLength * uxItemsSize ) bytes.  If uxItemSize is
-+ * zero then pucQueueStorage can be NULL.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxQueueBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticQueue_t, which
-+ * will be used to hold the queue's data structure.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the queue is created then a handle to the created queue is
-+ * returned.  If pxQueueBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * };
-+ *
-+ #define QUEUE_LENGTH 10
-+ #define ITEM_SIZE sizeof( uint32_t )
-+ *
-+ * // xQueueBuffer will hold the queue structure.
-+ * StaticQueue_t xQueueBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * // ucQueueStorage will hold the items posted to the queue.  Must be at least
-+ * // [(queue length) * ( queue item size)] bytes long.
-+ * uint8_t ucQueueStorage[ QUEUE_LENGTH * ITEM_SIZE ];
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( QUEUE_LENGTH, // The number of items the queue can hold.
-+ *                          ITEM_SIZE     // The size of each item in the queue
-+ *                          &( ucQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), // The buffer that will hold the items in the queue.
-+ *                          &xQueueBuffer ); // The buffer that will hold the queue structure.
-+ *
-+ *  // The queue is guaranteed to be created successfully as no dynamic memory
-+ *  // allocation is used.  Therefore xQueue1 is now a handle to a valid queue.
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueCreateStatic xQueueCreateStatic
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xQueueCreateStatic( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, pxQueueBuffer )    xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( uxQueueLength ), ( uxItemSize ), ( pucQueueStorage ), ( pxQueueBuffer ), ( queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ) )
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSendToToFront(
-+ *                                 QueueHandle_t    xQueue,
-+ *                                 const void       *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                 TickType_t       xTicksToWait
-+ *                             );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Post an item to the front of a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by
-+ * reference.  This function must not be called from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.  See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
-+ * in an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
-+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
-+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
-+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
-+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * } xMessage;
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
-+ * struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-+ *      // available if necessary.
-+ *      if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-+ *      // queue is already full.
-+ *      pxMessage = & xMessage;
-+ *      xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSendToBack(
-+ *                                 QueueHandle_t    xQueue,
-+ *                                 const void       *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                 TickType_t       xTicksToWait
-+ *                             );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
-+ *
-+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by
-+ * reference.  This function must not be called from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.  See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
-+ * in an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
-+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
-+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue
-+ * is full.  The  time is defined in tick periods so the constant
-+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * } xMessage;
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
-+ * struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-+ *      // available if necessary.
-+ *      if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-+ *      // queue is already full.
-+ *      pxMessage = & xMessage;
-+ *      xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSend(
-+ *                            QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                            const void * pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                            TickType_t xTicksToWait
-+ *                       );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().  It is included for
-+ * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
-+ * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros.  It is
-+ * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack().
-+ *
-+ * Post an item on a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
-+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
-+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
-+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
-+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
-+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
-+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * } xMessage;
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
-+ * struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-+ *      // available if necessary.
-+ *      if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-+ *      // queue is already full.
-+ *      pxMessage = & xMessage;
-+ *      xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend(
-+ *                                  QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                                  const void * pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                  TickType_t xTicksToWait
-+ *                                  BaseType_t xCopyPosition
-+ *                              );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
-+ * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
-+ *
-+ * Post an item on a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
-+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
-+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
-+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
-+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
-+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
-+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
-+ *
-+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
-+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
-+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * } xMessage;
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
-+ * struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
-+ *  xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-+ *      // available if necessary.
-+ *      if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-+ *      // queue is already full.
-+ *      pxMessage = & xMessage;
-+ *      xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                              const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-+                              const BaseType_t xCopyPosition );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueReceive(
-+ *                               QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                               void *pvBuffer,
-+ *                               TickType_t xTicksToWait
-+ *                          );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Receive an item from a queue.  The item is received by copy so a buffer of
-+ * adequate size must be provided.  The number of bytes copied into the buffer
-+ * was defined when the queue was created.
-+ *
-+ * Successfully received items are removed from the queue.
-+ *
-+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine.  See
-+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
-+ * received.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
-+ * be copied.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
-+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
-+ * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait
-+ * is zero and the queue is empty.  The time is defined in tick periods so the
-+ * constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is
-+ * required.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
-+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * struct AMessage
-+ * {
-+ *  char ucMessageID;
-+ *  char ucData[ 20 ];
-+ * } xMessage;
-+ *
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue;
-+ *
-+ * // Task to create a queue and post a value.
-+ * void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-+ *  // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-+ *  xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-+ *  if( xQueue == 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Failed to create the queue.
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-+ *  // queue is already full.
-+ *  pxMessage = & xMessage;
-+ *  xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // Task to receive from the queue.
-+ * void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
-+ *
-+ *  if( xQueue != 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
-+ *      // message is not immediately available.
-+ *      if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( TickType_t ) 10 ) )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
-+ *          // by vATask.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Rest of task code.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                          void * const pvBuffer,
-+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The number of messages available in the queue.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Return the number of free spaces available in a queue.  This is equal to the
-+ * number of items that can be sent to the queue before the queue becomes full
-+ * if no items are removed.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The number of spaces available in the queue.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
-+ * placed on the queue.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
-+ *                                       QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                                       const void *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                       BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-+ *                                    );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
-+ *
-+ * Post an item to the front of a queue.  It is safe to use this macro from
-+ * within an interrupt service routine.
-+ *
-+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
-+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
-+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
-+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
-+ * per call):
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vBufferISR( void )
-+ * {
-+ * char cIn;
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
-+ *
-+ *  // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *  // Loop until the buffer is empty.
-+ *  do
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-+ *      cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-+ *
-+ *      // Post the byte.
-+ *      xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ *  } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+ *  {
-+ *      taskYIELD ();
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
-+
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
-+ *                                       QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                                       const void *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                       BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-+ *                                    );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
-+ *
-+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  It is safe to use this macro from
-+ * within an interrupt service routine.
-+ *
-+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
-+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
-+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
-+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
-+ * per call):
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vBufferISR( void )
-+ * {
-+ * char cIn;
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-+ *
-+ *  // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *  // Loop until the buffer is empty.
-+ *  do
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-+ *      cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-+ *
-+ *      // Post the byte.
-+ *      xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ *  } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+ *  {
-+ *      taskYIELD ();
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueSendFromISR(
-+ *                                   QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+ *                                   const void *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                   BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-+ *                              );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().  It is included
-+ * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
-+ * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR()
-+ * macros.
-+ *
-+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  It is safe to use this function from
-+ * within an interrupt service routine.
-+ *
-+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
-+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
-+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
-+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
-+ * per call):
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vBufferISR( void )
-+ * {
-+ * char cIn;
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-+ *
-+ *  // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *  // Loop until the buffer is empty.
-+ *  do
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-+ *      cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-+ *
-+ *      // Post the byte.
-+ *      xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ *  } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Actual macro used here is port specific.
-+ *      portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+#define xQueueSendFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
-+ *                                         QueueHandle_t    xQueue,
-+ *                                         const    void    *pvItemToQueue,
-+ *                                         BaseType_t  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-+ *                                         BaseType_t  xCopyPosition
-+ *                                     );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
-+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
-+ * of calling this function directly.  xQueueGiveFromISR() is an
-+ * equivalent for use by semaphores that don't actually copy any data.
-+ *
-+ * Post an item on a queue.  It is safe to use this function from within an
-+ * interrupt service routine.
-+ *
-+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
-+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
-+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
-+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
-+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
-+ * into the queue storage area.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
-+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
-+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
-+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
-+ * per call):
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vBufferISR( void )
-+ * {
-+ * char cIn;
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
-+ *
-+ *  // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *  // Loop until the buffer is empty.
-+ *  do
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-+ *      cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-+ *
-+ *      // Post each byte.
-+ *      xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-+ *
-+ *  } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-+ *
-+ *  // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.  Note that the
-+ *  // name of the yield function required is port specific.
-+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
-+ *  {
-+ *      portYIELD_FROM_ISR();
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                     const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-+                                     const BaseType_t xCopyPosition );
-+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                              BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+
-+/**
-+ * queue. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR(
-+ *                                     QueueHandle_t    xQueue,
-+ *                                     void             *pvBuffer,
-+ *                                     BaseType_t       *pxTaskWoken
-+ *                                 );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Receive an item from a queue.  It is safe to use this function from within an
-+ * interrupt service routine.
-+ *
-+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
-+ * received.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
-+ * be copied.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
-+ * available on the queue.  If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
-+ * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
-+ * remain unchanged.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
-+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *
-+ * QueueHandle_t xQueue;
-+ *
-+ * // Function to create a queue and post some values.
-+ * void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * char cValueToPost;
-+ * const TickType_t xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t )0xff;
-+ *
-+ *  // Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
-+ *  xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
-+ *  if( xQueue == 0 )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Failed to create the queue.
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // ...
-+ *
-+ *  // Post some characters that will be used within an ISR.  If the queue
-+ *  // is full then this task will block for xTicksToWait ticks.
-+ *  cValueToPost = 'a';
-+ *  xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
-+ *  cValueToPost = 'b';
-+ *  xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ *  // ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
-+ *  // becomes full.
-+ *
-+ *  cValueToPost = 'c';
-+ *  xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
-+ * void vISR_Routine( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
-+ * char cRxedChar;
-+ *
-+ *  while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // A character was received.  Output the character now.
-+ *      vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
-+ *
-+ *      // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
-+ *      // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
-+ *      // pdTRUE.  No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
-+ *      // task will be woken.
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
-+ *  {
-+ *      taskYIELD ();
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
-+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                 void * const pvBuffer,
-+                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR.  These utilities
-+ * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
-+
-+/*
-+ * For internal use only.  Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(),
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() or xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder() instead of calling
-+ * these functions directly.
-+ */
-+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType );
-+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-+                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue );
-+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-+                                             const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
-+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-+                                                   const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
-+                                                   StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue );
-+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+
-+/*
-+ * For internal use only.  Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
-+                                     TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Reset a queue back to its original empty state.  The return value is now
-+ * obsolete and is always set to pdPASS.
-+ */
-+#define xQueueReset( xQueue )    xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Generic version of the function used to create a queue using dynamic memory
-+ * allocation.  This is called by other functions and macros that create other
-+ * RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-+                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType );
-+#endif
-+
-+/*
-+ * Generic version of the function used to create a queue using dynamic memory
-+ * allocation.  This is called by other functions and macros that create other
-+ * RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-+                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-+                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
-+                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType );
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Not public API functions. */
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                               BaseType_t xNewQueue );
-+
-+/* Unimplemented */
-+typedef struct QueueDefinition   * QueueSetHandle_t;
-+typedef struct QueueDefinition   * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
-+QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength );
-+BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-+                           QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
-+BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-+                                QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
-+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
-+                                            const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
-+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                       void * const pvBuffer,
-+                       TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * pvItemToQueue);
-+BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken);
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+#endif /* QUEUE_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/semphr.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/semphr.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..053dd177cf
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/semphr.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
-+#define SEMAPHORE_H
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+#include "queue.h"
-+
-+typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
-+
-+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH    ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
-+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH      ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
-+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME                  ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-+
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
-+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
-+ *
-+ * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
-+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
-+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
-+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
-+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
-+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore.  The data size is 0
-+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
-+ * queue is empty or full.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
-+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
-+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
-+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
-+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
-+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore.  Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
-+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-+ *  vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
-+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore )                                                                                     \
-+    {                                                                                                                                \
-+        ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
-+        if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL )                                                                                                 \
-+        {                                                                                                                            \
-+            ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) );                                                                               \
-+        }                                                                                                                            \
-+    }
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
-+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
-+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
-+ * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
-+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
-+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
-+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
-+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
-+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
-+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
-+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
-+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
-+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
-+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
-+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
-+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *
-+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to
-+ * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
-+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
-+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinary()    xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
-+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
-+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
-+ * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
-+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
-+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
-+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
-+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
-+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
-+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
-+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
-+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *
-+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
-+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
-+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is
-+ * returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
-+ *  // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
-+ *  // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
-+ *  // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
-+ *  // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
-+ *  // return NULL.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
-+ *
-+ *  // Rest of task code goes here.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, ( StaticQueue_t * ) pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreTake(
-+ *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
-+ *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
-+ *               );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
-+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
-+ * the semaphore was created.
-+ *
-+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
-+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
-+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  A block
-+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE
-+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * // A task that creates a semaphore.
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // A task that uses the semaphore.
-+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // ... Do other things.
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
-+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
-+ *          // shared resource.
-+ *
-+ *          // ...
-+ *
-+ *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
-+ *          // semaphore.
-+ *          xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
-+ *          // the shared resource safely.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime )    xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
-+ *                          SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
-+ *                          TickType_t xBlockTime
-+ *                        );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
-+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
-+ * macro to be available.
-+ *
-+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *
-+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
-+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
-+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
-+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
-+ * exactly five times.
-+ *
-+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained.  This is the
-+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ *
-+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
-+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
-+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  If
-+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
-+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE if xBlockTime
-+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * // A task that creates a mutex.
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-+ *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // A task that uses the mutex.
-+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // ... Do other things.
-+ *
-+ *  if( xMutex != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-+ *          // shared resource.
-+ *
-+ *          // ...
-+ *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
-+ *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-+ *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-+ *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-+ *          // a more complex call structure.
-+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-+ *
-+ *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
-+ *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
-+ *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-+ *          // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
-+ *          // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *
-+ *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-+ *          // the shared resource safely.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime )    xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
-+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
-+ *
-+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR.  See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
-+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
-+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released.  pdFALSE if an error occurred.
-+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues.  An error can occur if there is
-+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
-+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-+ *  xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
-+ *          // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
-+ *      }
-+ *
-+ *      // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
-+ *      // immediately available.
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
-+ *
-+ *          // ...
-+ *
-+ *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
-+ *          // semaphore.
-+ *          if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-+ *          {
-+ *              // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
-+ *              // obtained the semaphore to get here.
-+ *          }
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore )    xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
-+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
-+ * macro to be available.
-+ *
-+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *
-+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
-+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
-+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
-+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
-+ * exactly five times.
-+ *
-+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'.  This is the
-+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * // A task that creates a mutex.
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-+ *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // A task that uses the mutex.
-+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // ... Do other things.
-+ *
-+ *  if( xMutex != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-+ *          // shared resource.
-+ *
-+ *          // ...
-+ *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
-+ *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-+ *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-+ *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-+ *          // a more complex call structure.
-+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-+ *
-+ *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
-+ *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
-+ *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-+ *          // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
-+ *          // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
-+ *          // unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-+ *
-+ *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-+ *      }
-+ *      else
-+ *      {
-+ *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-+ *          // the shared resource safely.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex )    xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
-+ *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
-+ *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-+ *                    );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to  release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
-+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
-+ * must not be used with this macro.
-+ *
-+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
-+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
-+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * // Repetitive task.
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  for( ;; )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
-+ *      // was created before this task was started.
-+ *
-+ *      // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
-+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // It is time to execute.
-+ *
-+ *          // ...
-+ *
-+ *          // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
-+ *          // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
-+ *          // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
-+ *          // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // Timer ISR
-+ * void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
-+ * static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-+ *
-+ *  // A timer tick has occurred.
-+ *
-+ *  // ... Do other time functions.
-+ *
-+ *  // Is it time for vATask () to run?
-+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *  ucLocalTickCount++;
-+ *  if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
-+ *      xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ *      // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
-+ *      ucLocalTickCount = 0;
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
-+ *      // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
-+ *      // to find the syntax required.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
-+ *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
-+ *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-+ *                    );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * <i>Macro</i> to  take a semaphore from an ISR.  The semaphore must have
-+ * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
-+ * must not be used with this macro.
-+ *
-+ * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
-+ * is not a common operation.  It is likely to only be useful when taking a
-+ * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
-+ * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken.  This is the
-+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
-+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
-+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
-+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
-+ * pdFALSE
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
-+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
-+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
-+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
-+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
-+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
-+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
-+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
-+ *
-+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
-+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
-+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
-+ * service routines.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
-+ * semaphore is returned.  If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex
-+ * data structures then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
-+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
-+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
-+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
-+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
-+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
-+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
-+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
-+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
-+ *
-+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
-+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
-+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
-+ * service routines.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
-+ * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for
-+ * the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
-+ * mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
-+ *  // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
-+ *  // attempted.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
-+ *
-+ *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
-+ *  // so there is no need to check it.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( StaticQueue_t * ) ( pxMutexBuffer ) )
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
-+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
-+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
-+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
-+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
-+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
-+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
-+ *
-+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
-+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
-+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
-+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
-+ * exactly five times.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
-+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
-+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
-+ *
-+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
-+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
-+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
-+ * service routines.
-+ *
-+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore.  Should be of type
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
-+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
-+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
-+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
-+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
-+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
-+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
-+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
-+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
-+ *
-+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
-+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
-+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
-+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
-+ * exactly five times.
-+ *
-+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
-+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
-+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
-+ *
-+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
-+ *
-+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
-+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
-+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
-+ * service routines.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
-+ * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure,
-+ * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the
-+ * created recursive mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is
-+ * returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *  // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
-+ *  // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
-+ *  // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
-+ *  // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
-+ *  // attempted.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
-+ *
-+ *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
-+ *  // so there is no need to check it.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, ( StaticQueue_t * ) pxStaticSemaphore )
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
-+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
-+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
-+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
-+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
-+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can
-+ * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting
-+ * semaphore.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting
-+ * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
-+ *
-+ * 1) Counting events.
-+ *
-+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
-+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
-+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
-+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
-+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
-+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
-+ *    initial count value to be zero.
-+ *
-+ * 2) Resource management.
-+ *
-+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
-+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
-+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
-+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
-+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
-+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
-+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
-+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
-+ *        created.
-+ *
-+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore.  Null if the semaphore could not be
-+ *         created.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-+ *  // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
-+ *  // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
-+ *
-+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
-+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
-+ *  }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
-+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
-+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
-+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
-+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
-+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
-+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must
-+ * provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a
-+ * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
-+ *
-+ * 1) Counting events.
-+ *
-+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
-+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
-+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
-+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
-+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
-+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
-+ *    initial count value to be zero.
-+ *
-+ * 2) Resource management.
-+ *
-+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
-+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
-+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
-+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
-+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
-+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
-+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
-+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
-+ *        created.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
-+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
-+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to
-+ * the created counting semaphore is returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL
-+ * then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-+ * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-+ *
-+ *  // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
-+ *  // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
-+ *  // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
-+ *  // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
-+ *  // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
-+ *  // memory allocation will be used.
-+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
-+ *
-+ *  // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
-+ *  // is no need to check its value.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    #define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( StaticQueue_t * ) ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) )
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Delete a semaphore.  This function must be used with care.  For example,
-+ * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
-+ *
-+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
-+ * \ingroup Semaphores
-+ */
-+#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore )                   vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
-+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
-+ * by a task), return NULL.
-+ *
-+ * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
-+ * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
-+ * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
-+ * being tested.
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore )           xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
-+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
-+ * by a task), return NULL.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore )    xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns
-+ * its current count value.  If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
-+ * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
-+ * semaphore is not available.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore )                uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * semphr.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR() returns
-+ * its current count value.  If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
-+ * uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
-+ * semaphore is not available.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#define uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR( xSemaphore )         uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
-+
-+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/task.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/task.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..20f6a52104
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/task.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,2265 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+#ifndef INC_TASK_H
-+#define INC_TASK_H
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/*
-+ * If tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER ends with + it represents the version in development
-+ * after the numbered release.
-+ *
-+ * The tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR, tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR, tskKERNEL_VERSION_BUILD
-+ * values will reflect the last released version number.
-+ */
-+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER       "V10.4.6"
-+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR        10
-+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR        4
-+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_BUILD        6
-+
-+/* The direct to task notification feature used to have only a single notification
-+ * per task.  Now there is an array of notifications per task that is dimensioned by
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  For backward compatibility, any use of the
-+ * original direct to task notification defaults to using the first index in the
-+ * array. */
-+#define tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY     ( 0 )
-+
-+/* ESP32 */
-+#define tskNO_AFFINITY  ( 0x7FFFFFFF )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Type by which tasks are referenced.  For example, a call to xTaskCreate
-+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an TaskHandle_t variable that can then
-+ * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup TaskHandle_t TaskHandle_t
-+ * \ingroup Tasks
-+ */
-+struct tskTaskControlBlock; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock * TaskHandle_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
-+ * conform.
-+ */
-+typedef BaseType_t (* TaskHookFunction_t)( void * );
-+
-+/* Task states returned by eTaskGetState. */
-+typedef enum
-+{
-+    eRunning = 0, /* A task is querying the state of itself, so must be running. */
-+    eReady,       /* The task being queried is in a ready or pending ready list. */
-+    eBlocked,     /* The task being queried is in the Blocked state. */
-+    eSuspended,   /* The task being queried is in the Suspended state, or is in the Blocked state with an infinite time out. */
-+    eDeleted,     /* The task being queried has been deleted, but its TCB has not yet been freed. */
-+    eInvalid      /* Used as an 'invalid state' value. */
-+} eTaskState;
-+
-+/* Actions that can be performed when vTaskNotify() is called. */
-+typedef enum
-+{
-+    eNoAction = 0,            /* Notify the task without updating its notify value. */
-+    eSetBits,                 /* Set bits in the task's notification value. */
-+    eIncrement,               /* Increment the task's notification value. */
-+    eSetValueWithOverwrite,   /* Set the task's notification value to a specific value even if the previous value has not yet been read by the task. */
-+    eSetValueWithoutOverwrite /* Set the task's notification value if the previous value has been read by the task. */
-+} eNotifyAction;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Used internally only.
-+ */
-+typedef struct xTIME_OUT
-+{
-+    BaseType_t xOverflowCount;
-+    TickType_t xTimeOnEntering;
-+} TimeOut_t;
-+
-+/**
-+ * Defines the priority used by the idle task.  This must not be modified.
-+ *
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Macro for forcing a context switch.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup taskYIELD taskYIELD
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+#define taskYIELD()                        portYIELD()
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region.  Preemptive context
-+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
-+ *
-+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
-+ * so must be used with care!
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL()               portENTER_CRITICAL()
-+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR()      portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region.  Preemptive context
-+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
-+ *
-+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
-+ * so must be used with care!
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL()                portEXIT_CRITICAL()
-+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR( x )    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()           portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ *
-+ * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS()            portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()
-+
-+/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState().  taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED is
-+ * 0 to generate more optimal code when configASSERT() is defined as the constant
-+ * is used in assert() statements. */
-+#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED      ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED    ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-+#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING        ( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* TASK CREATION API
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskCreate(
-+ *                            TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+ *                            const char *pcName,
-+ *                            configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
-+ *                            void *pvParameters,
-+ *                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+ *                            TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask
-+ *                        );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, tasks use two blocks of
-+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the task's data structures.  The
-+ * second block is used by the task as its stack.  If a task is created using
-+ * xTaskCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically dynamically
-+ * allocated inside the xTaskCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a task is created using
-+ * xTaskCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the required
-+ * memory.  xTaskCreateStatic() therefore allows a task to be created without
-+ * using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * See xTaskCreateStatic() for a version that does not use any dynamic memory
-+ * allocation.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted
-+ * access to the entire microcontroller memory map.  Systems that include MPU
-+ * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using
-+ * xTaskCreateRestricted().
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function.  Tasks
-+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
-+ *
-+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task.  This is mainly used to
-+ * facilitate debugging.  Max length defined by configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default
-+ * is 16.
-+ *
-+ * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
-+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes.  For example, if
-+ * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes
-+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
-+ * being created.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run.  Systems that
-+ * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system)
-+ * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter.  For
-+ * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter
-+ * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ).
-+ *
-+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
-+ * can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
-+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file projdefs.h
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * // Task to be created.
-+ * void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *   for( ;; )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Task code goes here.
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // Function that creates a task.
-+ * void vOtherFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * static uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create the task, storing the handle.  Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
-+ *   // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static.  If it was just an
-+ *   // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
-+ *   // the new task attempts to access it.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *   configASSERT( xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to delete the task.
-+ *   if( xHandle != NULL )
-+ *   {
-+ *      vTaskDelete( xHandle );
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate
-+ * \ingroup Tasks
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    BaseType_t xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                            const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+                            const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
-+                            void * const pvParameters,
-+                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask );
-+#endif
-+/* ESP32 */
-+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    BaseType_t xTaskCreatePinnedToCore( TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode,
-+                                        const char * const pcName,
-+                                        const uint32_t usStackDepth,
-+                                        void * const pvParameters,
-+                                        UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                                        TaskHandle_t * const pvCreatedTask,
-+                                        const BaseType_t xCoreID);
-+
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+ *                               const char *pcName,
-+ *                               uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-+ *                               void *pvParameters,
-+ *                               UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+ *                               StackType_t *puxStackBuffer,
-+ *                               StaticTask_t *pxTaskBuffer );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, tasks use two blocks of
-+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the task's data structures.  The
-+ * second block is used by the task as its stack.  If a task is created using
-+ * xTaskCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically dynamically
-+ * allocated inside the xTaskCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a task is created using
-+ * xTaskCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the required
-+ * memory.  xTaskCreateStatic() therefore allows a task to be created without
-+ * using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function.  Tasks
-+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
-+ *
-+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task.  This is mainly used to
-+ * facilitate debugging.  The maximum length of the string is defined by
-+ * configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
-+ *
-+ * @param ulStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
-+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes.  For example, if
-+ * the stack is 32-bits wide and ulStackDepth is defined as 100 then 400 bytes
-+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
-+ * being created.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task will run.
-+ *
-+ * @param puxStackBuffer Must point to a StackType_t array that has at least
-+ * ulStackDepth indexes - the array will then be used as the task's stack,
-+ * removing the need for the stack to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTaskBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTask_t, which will
-+ * then be used to hold the task's data structures, removing the need for the
-+ * memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If neither puxStackBuffer nor pxTaskBuffer are NULL, then the task
-+ * will be created and a handle to the created task is returned.  If either
-+ * puxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer are NULL then the task will not be created and
-+ * NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *
-+ *  // Dimensions of the buffer that the task being created will use as its stack.
-+ *  // NOTE:  This is the number of words the stack will hold, not the number of
-+ *  // bytes.  For example, if each stack item is 32-bits, and this is set to 100,
-+ *  // then 400 bytes (100 * 32-bits) will be allocated.
-+ #define STACK_SIZE 200
-+ *
-+ *  // Structure that will hold the TCB of the task being created.
-+ *  StaticTask_t xTaskBuffer;
-+ *
-+ *  // Buffer that the task being created will use as its stack.  Note this is
-+ *  // an array of StackType_t variables.  The size of StackType_t is dependent on
-+ *  // the RTOS port.
-+ *  StackType_t xStack[ STACK_SIZE ];
-+ *
-+ *  // Function that implements the task being created.
-+ *  void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
-+ *  {
-+ *      // The parameter value is expected to be 1 as 1 is passed in the
-+ *      // pvParameters value in the call to xTaskCreateStatic().
-+ *      configASSERT( ( uint32_t ) pvParameters == 1UL );
-+ *
-+ *      for( ;; )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // Task code goes here.
-+ *      }
-+ *  }
-+ *
-+ *  // Function that creates a task.
-+ *  void vOtherFunction( void )
-+ *  {
-+ *      TaskHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-+ *
-+ *      // Create the task without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *      xHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(
-+ *                    vTaskCode,       // Function that implements the task.
-+ *                    "NAME",          // Text name for the task.
-+ *                    STACK_SIZE,      // Stack size in words, not bytes.
-+ *                    ( void * ) 1,    // Parameter passed into the task.
-+ *                    tskIDLE_PRIORITY,// Priority at which the task is created.
-+ *                    xStack,          // Array to use as the task's stack.
-+ *                    &xTaskBuffer );  // Variable to hold the task's data structure.
-+ *
-+ *      // puxStackBuffer and pxTaskBuffer were not NULL, so the task will have
-+ *      // been created, and xHandle will be the task's handle.  Use the handle
-+ *      // to suspend the task.
-+ *      vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
-+ *  }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateStatic xTaskCreateStatic
-+ * \ingroup Tasks
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                                    const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-+                                    void * const pvParameters,
-+                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-+                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer );
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernel's management.  The task being
-+ * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists.
-+ *
-+ * NOTE:  The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated
-+ * memory from tasks that have been deleted.  It is therefore important that
-+ * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your
-+ * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete ().  Memory allocated by the
-+ * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task
-+ * is deleted.
-+ *
-+ * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises
-+ * vTaskDelete ().
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToDelete The handle of the task to be deleted.  Passing NULL will
-+ * cause the calling task to be deleted.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vOtherFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create the task, storing the handle.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to delete the task.
-+ *   vTaskDelete( xHandle );
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete
-+ * \ingroup Tasks
-+ */
-+void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* TASK CONTROL API
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Delay a task for a given number of ticks.  The actual time that the
-+ * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate.  The constant
-+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
-+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ *
-+ * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to
-+ * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called.  For example, specifying a block
-+ * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after
-+ * vTaskDelay() is called.  vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method
-+ * of controlling the frequency of a periodic task as the path taken through the
-+ * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will affect the frequency
-+ * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task
-+ * next executes.  See xTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed
-+ * to facilitate fixed frequency execution.  It does this by specifying an
-+ * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should
-+ * unblock.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that
-+ * the calling task should block.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * // Block for 500ms.
-+ * const TickType_t xDelay = 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
-+ *
-+ *   for( ;; )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle.
-+ *       vToggleLED();
-+ *       vTaskDelay( xDelay );
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t *pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Delay a task until a specified time.  This function can be used by periodic
-+ * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency.
-+ *
-+ * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect:  vTaskDelay () will
-+ * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is
-+ * called.  It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed
-+ * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task
-+ * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the
-+ * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times
-+ * each time it executes].
-+ *
-+ * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function
-+ * is called, xTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to
-+ * unblock.
-+ *
-+ * The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to calculate the number of ticks from a
-+ * time specified in milliseconds with a resolution of one tick period.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
-+ * task was last unblocked.  The variable must be initialised with the current time
-+ * prior to its first use (see the example below).  Following this the variable is
-+ * automatically updated within xTaskDelayUntil ().
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period.  The task will be unblocked at
-+ * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement.  Calling xTaskDelayUntil with the
-+ * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with
-+ * a fixed interface period.
-+ *
-+ * @return Value which can be used to check whether the task was actually delayed.
-+ * Will be pdTRUE if the task way delayed and pdFALSE otherwise.  A task will not
-+ * be delayed if the next expected wake time is in the past.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
-+ * void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ * TickType_t xLastWakeTime;
-+ * const TickType_t xFrequency = 10;
-+ * BaseType_t xWasDelayed;
-+ *
-+ *     // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
-+ *     xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
-+ *     for( ;; )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Wait for the next cycle.
-+ *         xWasDelayed = xTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
-+ *
-+ *         // Perform action here. xWasDelayed value can be used to determine
-+ *         // whether a deadline was missed if the code here took too long.
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xTaskDelayUntil xTaskDelayUntil
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
-+                            const TickType_t xTimeIncrement );
-+
-+/*
-+ * vTaskDelayUntil() is the older version of xTaskDelayUntil() and does not
-+ * return a value.
-+ */
-+#define vTaskDelayUntil( pxPreviousWakeTime, xTimeIncrement )           \
-+    {                                                                   \
-+        ( void ) xTaskDelayUntil( pxPreviousWakeTime, xTimeIncrement ); \
-+    }
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay must be defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
-+ * function to be available.
-+ *
-+ * A task will enter the Blocked state when it is waiting for an event.  The
-+ * event it is waiting for can be a temporal event (waiting for a time), such
-+ * as when vTaskDelay() is called, or an event on an object, such as when
-+ * xQueueReceive() or ulTaskNotifyTake() is called.  If the handle of a task
-+ * that is in the Blocked state is used in a call to xTaskAbortDelay() then the
-+ * task will leave the Blocked state, and return from whichever function call
-+ * placed the task into the Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * There is no 'FromISR' version of this function as an interrupt would need to
-+ * know which object a task was blocked on in order to know which actions to
-+ * take.  For example, if the task was blocked on a queue the interrupt handler
-+ * would then need to know if the queue was locked.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask The handle of the task to remove from the Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the task referenced by xTask was not in the Blocked state then
-+ * pdFAIL is returned.  Otherwise pdPASS is returned.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskAbortDelay xTaskAbortDelay
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Obtain the priority of any task.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried.  Passing a NULL
-+ * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned.
-+ *
-+ * @return The priority of xTask.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create a task, storing the handle.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
-+ *   // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
-+ *   // it itself.
-+ *   if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // The task has changed it's priority.
-+ *   }
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Is our priority higher than the created task?
-+ *   if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * A version of uxTaskPriorityGet() that can be used from an ISR.
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_eTaskGetState must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Obtain the state of any task.  States are encoded by the eTaskState
-+ * enumerated type.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The state of xTask at the time the function was called.  Note the
-+ * state of the task might change between the function being called, and the
-+ * functions return value being tested by the calling task.
-+ */
-+eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Set the priority of any task.
-+ *
-+ * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority
-+ * being set is higher than the currently executing task.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set.
-+ * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create a task, storing the handle.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
-+ *   vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
-+ *   vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                       UBaseType_t uxNewPriority );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Suspend any task.  When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller
-+ * processing time, no matter what its priority.
-+ *
-+ * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative -
-+ * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one
-+ * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task.
-+ *
-+ * RT-Thread only supports suspending the current running thread.
-+ * This function must be called with NULL as the parameter.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended.  Passing a NULL
-+ * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create a task, storing the handle.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
-+ *   vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // The created task will not run during this period, unless
-+ *   // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
-+ *
-+ *   //...
-+ *
-+ *
-+ *   // Suspend ourselves.
-+ *   vTaskSuspend( NULL );
-+ *
-+ *   // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
-+ *   // with our handle as the parameter.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
-+ * See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Resumes a suspended task.
-+ *
-+ * A task that has been suspended by one or more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
-+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
-+ * vTaskResume ().
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-+ *
-+ *   // Create a task, storing the handle.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
-+ *   vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // ...
-+ *
-+ *   // The created task will not run during this period, unless
-+ *   // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
-+ *
-+ *   //...
-+ *
-+ *
-+ *   // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
-+ *   vTaskResume( xHandle );
-+ *
-+ *   // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
-+ *   // time in accordance with its priority within the system.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be
-+ * available.  See the configuration section for more information.
-+ *
-+ * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR.
-+ *
-+ * A task that has been suspended by one or more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
-+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
-+ * xTaskResumeFromISR ().
-+ *
-+ * xTaskResumeFromISR() should not be used to synchronise a task with an
-+ * interrupt if there is a chance that the interrupt could arrive prior to the
-+ * task being suspended - as this can lead to interrupts being missed. Use of a
-+ * semaphore as a synchronisation mechanism would avoid this eventuality.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if resuming the task should result in a context switch,
-+ * otherwise pdFALSE. This is used by the ISR to determine if a context switch
-+ * may be required following the ISR.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* SCHEDULER CONTROL
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskStartScheduler( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Starts the real time kernel tick processing.  After calling the kernel
-+ * has control over which tasks are executed and when.
-+ *
-+ * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating
-+ * tasks and starting the kernel.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ *   // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
-+ *
-+ *   // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
-+ *   vTaskStartScheduler ();
-+ *
-+ *   // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+void vTaskStartScheduler( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskEndScheduler( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * NOTE:  At the time of writing only the x86 real mode port, which runs on a PC
-+ * in place of DOS, implements this function.
-+ *
-+ * Stops the real time kernel tick.  All created tasks will be automatically
-+ * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will
-+ * stop.  Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler ()
-+ * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned.
-+ *
-+ * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an
-+ * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler ().
-+ *
-+ * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the
-+ * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port).  This
-+ * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick.
-+ *
-+ * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the
-+ * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application
-+ * tasks.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *   for( ;; )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Task code goes here.
-+ *
-+ *       // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
-+ *       // so call ...
-+ *       vTaskEndScheduler ();
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * void vAFunction( void )
-+ * {
-+ *   // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
-+ *   xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
-+ *
-+ *   // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
-+ *   vTaskStartScheduler ();
-+ *
-+ *   // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
-+ *   // vTaskEndScheduler ().  When we get here we are back to single task
-+ *   // execution.
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+void vTaskEndScheduler( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskSuspendAll( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Suspends the scheduler without disabling interrupts.  Context switches will
-+ * not occur while the scheduler is suspended.
-+ *
-+ * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute
-+ * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been
-+ * made.
-+ *
-+ * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example,
-+ * xTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler
-+ * is suspended.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *   for( ;; )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Task code goes here.
-+ *
-+ *       // ...
-+ *
-+ *       // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
-+ *       // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
-+ *       // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
-+ *       // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
-+ *       // ticks.
-+ *
-+ *       // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
-+ *       vTaskSuspendAll ();
-+ *
-+ *       // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
-+ *       // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
-+ *       // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
-+ *       // tick count will be maintained.
-+ *
-+ *       // ...
-+ *
-+ *       // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.
-+ *       xTaskResumeAll ();
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+void vTaskSuspendAll( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Resumes scheduler activity after it was suspended by a call to
-+ * vTaskSuspendAll().
-+ *
-+ * xTaskResumeAll() only resumes the scheduler.  It does not unsuspend tasks
-+ * that were previously suspended by a call to vTaskSuspend().
-+ *
-+ * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is
-+ *         returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
-+ * {
-+ *   for( ;; )
-+ *   {
-+ *       // Task code goes here.
-+ *
-+ *       // ...
-+ *
-+ *       // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
-+ *       // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
-+ *       // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
-+ *       // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
-+ *       // ticks.
-+ *
-+ *       // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
-+ *       vTaskSuspendAll ();
-+ *
-+ *       // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
-+ *       // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
-+ *       // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
-+ *       // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
-+ *
-+ *       // ...
-+ *
-+ *       // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.  We want to force
-+ *       // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
-+ *       // caused a context switch already.
-+ *       if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
-+ *       {
-+ *            taskYIELD ();
-+ *       }
-+ *   }
-+ * }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll
-+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* TASK UTILITIES
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
-+ *
-+ * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an
-+ * ISR - provided that TickType_t is the natural word size of the
-+ * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or
-+ * not being used.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCountFromISR xTaskGetTickCountFromISR
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * uint16_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing.
-+ * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks.  A task that
-+ * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be
-+ * included in the count.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * @return The text (human readable) name of the task referenced by the handle
-+ * xTaskToQuery.  A task can query its own name by either passing in its own
-+ * handle, or by setting xTaskToQuery to NULL.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup pcTaskGetName pcTaskGetName
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+char * pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ); /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * NOTE:  This function takes a relatively long time to complete and should be
-+ * used sparingly.
-+ *
-+ * @return The handle of the task that has the human readable name pcNameToQuery.
-+ * NULL is returned if no matching name is found.  INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle
-+ * must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for pcTaskGetHandle() to be available.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup pcTaskGetHandle pcTaskGetHandle
-+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
-+ */
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ); /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
-+ * this function to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask.  That is,
-+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
-+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
-+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
-+ *
-+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
-+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
-+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
-+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
-+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
-+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
-+ *
-+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in words, so
-+ * actual spaces on the stack rather than bytes) since the task referenced by
-+ * xTask was created.
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
-+ * this function to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask.  That is,
-+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
-+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
-+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
-+ *
-+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
-+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
-+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
-+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
-+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
-+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
-+ *
-+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in words, so
-+ * actual spaces on the stack rather than bytes) since the task referenced by
-+ * xTask was created.
-+ */
-+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include task.h before
-+ * FreeRTOS.h.  When this is done TaskHookFunction_t will not yet have been defined,
-+ * so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error.  This can be
-+ * fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless
-+ * they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration
-+ * constant. */
-+#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
-+    #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask.
-+ * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook
-+ * function.
-+ */
-+        void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                         TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Do not
-+ * call from an interrupt service routine - call
-+ * xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR() instead.
-+ */
-+        TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Can
-+ * be called from an interrupt service routine.
-+ */
-+        TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+    #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
-+#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Calls the hook function associated with xTask.  Passing xTask as NULL has
-+ * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function.
-+ *
-+ * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it
-+ * wants.  The return value is the value returned by the task hook function
-+ * registered by the user.
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                         void * pvParameter );
-+
-+/**
-+ * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is only available if
-+ * INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
-+ *
-+ * Simply returns the handle of the idle task.  It is not valid to call
-+ * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
-+ */
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyIndexed( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction );
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for these
-+ * functions to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Sends a direct to task notification to a task, with an optional value and
-+ * action.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() to
-+ * [optionally] block to wait for a notification to be pending.  The task does
-+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
-+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() (or their
-+ * un-indexed equivalents).  If the task was already in the Blocked state to
-+ * wait for a notification when the notification arrives then the task will
-+ * automatically be removed from the Blocked state (unblocked) and the
-+ * notification cleared.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotify() is the original API function, and remains backward
-+ * compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0 in the
-+ * array. Calling xTaskNotify() is equivalent to calling xTaskNotifyIndexed()
-+ * with the uxIndexToNotify parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
-+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
-+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
-+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToNotify The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values to which the notification is to be sent.  uxIndexToNotify
-+ * must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  xTaskNotify() does
-+ * not have this parameter and always sends notifications to index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param ulValue Data that can be sent with the notification.  How the data is
-+ * used depends on the value of the eAction parameter.
-+ *
-+ * @param eAction Specifies how the notification updates the task's notification
-+ * value, if at all.  Valid values for eAction are as follows:
-+ *
-+ * eSetBits -
-+ * The target notification value is bitwise ORed with ulValue.
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eIncrement -
-+ * The target notification value is incremented.  ulValue is not used and
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eSetValueWithOverwrite -
-+ * The target notification value is set to the value of ulValue, even if the
-+ * task being notified had not yet processed the previous notification at the
-+ * same array index (the task already had a notification pending at that index).
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eSetValueWithoutOverwrite -
-+ * If the task being notified did not already have a notification pending at the
-+ * same array index then the target notification value is set to ulValue and
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() will return pdPASS.  If the task being notified already
-+ * had a notification pending at the same array index then no action is
-+ * performed and pdFAIL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * eNoAction -
-+ * The task receives a notification at the specified array index without the
-+ * notification value at that index being updated.  ulValue is not used and
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * pulPreviousNotificationValue -
-+ * Can be used to pass out the subject task's notification value before any
-+ * bits are modified by the notify function.
-+ *
-+ * @return Dependent on the value of eAction.  See the description of the
-+ * eAction parameter.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyIndexed xTaskNotifyIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                               UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                               uint32_t ulValue,
-+                               eNotifyAction eAction,
-+                               uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue );
-+#define xTaskNotify( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL )
-+#define xTaskNotifyIndexed( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, ulValue, eAction ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexed( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotifyValue );
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyAndQuery( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotifyValue );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexed() performs the same operation as
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexed() with the addition that it also returns the subject
-+ * task's prior notification value (the notification value at the time the
-+ * function is called rather than when the function returns) in the additional
-+ * pulPreviousNotifyValue parameter.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskNotifyAndQuery() performs the same operation as xTaskNotify() with the
-+ * addition that it also returns the subject task's prior notification value
-+ * (the notification value as it was at the time the function is called, rather
-+ * than when the function returns) in the additional pulPreviousNotifyValue
-+ * parameter.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexed xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+#define xTaskNotifyAndQuery( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotifyValue ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotifyValue ) )
-+#define xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexed( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotifyValue ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotifyValue ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for these
-+ * functions to be available.
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTaskNotifyIndexed() that can be used from an interrupt service
-+ * routine (ISR).
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() to [optionally] block to wait for a
-+ * notification to be pending, or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() to [optionally] block
-+ * to wait for a notification value to have a non-zero value.  The task does
-+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
-+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() (or their
-+ * un-indexed equivalents).  If the task was already in the Blocked state to
-+ * wait for a notification when the notification arrives then the task will
-+ * automatically be removed from the Blocked state (unblocked) and the
-+ * notification cleared.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotifyFromISR() is the original API function, and remains
-+ * backward compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0
-+ * within the array. Calling xTaskNotifyFromISR() is equivalent to calling
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR() with the uxIndexToNotify parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToNotify The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values to which the notification is to be sent.  uxIndexToNotify
-+ * must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  xTaskNotifyFromISR()
-+ * does not have this parameter and always sends notifications to index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
-+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
-+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
-+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param ulValue Data that can be sent with the notification.  How the data is
-+ * used depends on the value of the eAction parameter.
-+ *
-+ * @param eAction Specifies how the notification updates the task's notification
-+ * value, if at all.  Valid values for eAction are as follows:
-+ *
-+ * eSetBits -
-+ * The task's notification value is bitwise ORed with ulValue.  xTaskNotify()
-+ * always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eIncrement -
-+ * The task's notification value is incremented.  ulValue is not used and
-+ * xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eSetValueWithOverwrite -
-+ * The task's notification value is set to the value of ulValue, even if the
-+ * task being notified had not yet processed the previous notification (the
-+ * task already had a notification pending).  xTaskNotify() always returns
-+ * pdPASS in this case.
-+ *
-+ * eSetValueWithoutOverwrite -
-+ * If the task being notified did not already have a notification pending then
-+ * the task's notification value is set to ulValue and xTaskNotify() will
-+ * return pdPASS.  If the task being notified already had a notification
-+ * pending then no action is performed and pdFAIL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * eNoAction -
-+ * The task receives a notification without its notification value being
-+ * updated.  ulValue is not used and xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in
-+ * this case.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  xTaskNotifyFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending the notification caused the
-+ * task to which the notification was sent to leave the Blocked state, and the
-+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently running task.  If
-+ * xTaskNotifyFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
-+ * be requested before the interrupt is exited.  How a context switch is
-+ * requested from an ISR is dependent on the port - see the documentation page
-+ * for the port in use.
-+ *
-+ * @return Dependent on the value of eAction.  See the description of the
-+ * eAction parameter.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                                      UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                                      uint32_t ulValue,
-+                                      eNotifyAction eAction,
-+                                      uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
-+                                      BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+#define xTaskNotifyFromISR( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+#define xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexedFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyAndQueryFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexedFromISR() performs the same operation as
-+ * xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR() with the addition that it also returns the
-+ * subject task's prior notification value (the notification value at the time
-+ * the function is called rather than at the time the function returns) in the
-+ * additional pulPreviousNotifyValue parameter.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskNotifyAndQueryFromISR() performs the same operation as
-+ * xTaskNotifyFromISR() with the addition that it also returns the subject
-+ * task's prior notification value (the notification value at the time the
-+ * function is called rather than at the time the function returns) in the
-+ * additional pulPreviousNotifyValue parameter.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexedFromISR xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexedFromISR
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+#define xTaskNotifyAndQueryIndexedFromISR( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotificationValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotificationValue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+#define xTaskNotifyAndQueryFromISR( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotificationValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotificationValue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Waits for a direct to task notification to be pending at a given index within
-+ * an array of direct to task notifications.
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
-+ * function to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
-+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() (or their
-+ * un-indexed equivalents).  If the task was already in the Blocked state to
-+ * wait for a notification when the notification arrives then the task will
-+ * automatically be removed from the Blocked state (unblocked) and the
-+ * notification cleared.
-+ *
-+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() to [optionally] block to wait for a
-+ * notification to be pending, or ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() to [optionally] block
-+ * to wait for a notification value to have a non-zero value.  The task does
-+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotifyWait() is the original API function, and remains backward
-+ * compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0 in the
-+ * array. Calling xTaskNotifyWait() is equivalent to calling
-+ * xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() with the uxIndexToWaitOn parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToWaitOn The index within the calling task's array of
-+ * notification values on which the calling task will wait for a notification to
-+ * be received.  uxIndexToWaitOn must be less than
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  xTaskNotifyWait() does
-+ * not have this parameter and always waits for notifications on index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param ulBitsToClearOnEntry Bits that are set in ulBitsToClearOnEntry value
-+ * will be cleared in the calling task's notification value before the task
-+ * checks to see if any notifications are pending, and optionally blocks if no
-+ * notifications are pending.  Setting ulBitsToClearOnEntry to ULONG_MAX (if
-+ * limits.h is included) or 0xffffffffUL (if limits.h is not included) will have
-+ * the effect of resetting the task's notification value to 0.  Setting
-+ * ulBitsToClearOnEntry to 0 will leave the task's notification value unchanged.
-+ *
-+ * @param ulBitsToClearOnExit If a notification is pending or received before
-+ * the calling task exits the xTaskNotifyWait() function then the task's
-+ * notification value (see the xTaskNotify() API function) is passed out using
-+ * the pulNotificationValue parameter.  Then any bits that are set in
-+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit will be cleared in the task's notification value (note
-+ * *pulNotificationValue is set before any bits are cleared).  Setting
-+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit to ULONG_MAX (if limits.h is included) or 0xffffffffUL
-+ * (if limits.h is not included) will have the effect of resetting the task's
-+ * notification value to 0 before the function exits.  Setting
-+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit to 0 will leave the task's notification value unchanged
-+ * when the function exits (in which case the value passed out in
-+ * pulNotificationValue will match the task's notification value).
-+ *
-+ * @param pulNotificationValue Used to pass the task's notification value out
-+ * of the function.  Note the value passed out will not be effected by the
-+ * clearing of any bits caused by ulBitsToClearOnExit being non-zero.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait in
-+ * the Blocked state for a notification to be received, should a notification
-+ * not already be pending when xTaskNotifyWait() was called.  The task
-+ * will not consume any processing time while it is in the Blocked state.  This
-+ * is specified in kernel ticks, the macro pdMS_TO_TICKS( value_in_ms ) can be
-+ * used to convert a time specified in milliseconds to a time specified in
-+ * ticks.
-+ *
-+ * @return If a notification was received (including notifications that were
-+ * already pending when xTaskNotifyWait was called) then pdPASS is
-+ * returned.  Otherwise pdFAIL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
-+                                   uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
-+                                   uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
-+                                   uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
-+                                   TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+#define xTaskNotifyWait( ulBitsToClearOnEntry, ulBitsToClearOnExit, pulNotificationValue, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyWait( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY, ( ulBitsToClearOnEntry ), ( ulBitsToClearOnExit ), ( pulNotificationValue ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+#define xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed( uxIndexToWaitOn, ulBitsToClearOnEntry, ulBitsToClearOnExit, pulNotificationValue, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyWait( ( uxIndexToWaitOn ), ( ulBitsToClearOnEntry ), ( ulBitsToClearOnExit ), ( pulNotificationValue ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify );
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyGive( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Sends a direct to task notification to a particular index in the target
-+ * task's notification array in a manner similar to giving a counting semaphore.
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for more details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for these
-+ * macros to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed() is a helper macro intended for use when task
-+ * notifications are used as light weight and faster binary or counting
-+ * semaphore equivalents.  Actual FreeRTOS semaphores are given using the
-+ * xSemaphoreGive() API function, the equivalent action that instead uses a task
-+ * notification is xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed().
-+ *
-+ * When task notifications are being used as a binary or counting semaphore
-+ * equivalent then the task being notified should wait for the notification
-+ * using the ulTaskNotificationTakeIndexed() API function rather than the
-+ * xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() API function.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotifyGive() is the original API function, and remains backward
-+ * compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0 in the
-+ * array. Calling xTaskNotifyGive() is equivalent to calling
-+ * xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed() with the uxIndexToNotify parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
-+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
-+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
-+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToNotify The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values to which the notification is to be sent.  uxIndexToNotify
-+ * must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  xTaskNotifyGive()
-+ * does not have this parameter and always sends notifications to index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @return xTaskNotifyGive() is a macro that calls xTaskNotify() with the
-+ * eAction parameter set to eIncrement - so pdPASS is always returned.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+#define xTaskNotifyGive( xTaskToNotify ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( 0 ), eIncrement, NULL )
-+#define xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( 0 ), eIncrement, NULL )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskHandle, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed() that can be called from an interrupt
-+ * service routine (ISR).
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for more details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this macro
-+ * to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR() is intended for use when task notifications
-+ * are used as light weight and faster binary or counting semaphore equivalents.
-+ * Actual FreeRTOS semaphores are given from an ISR using the
-+ * xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() API function, the equivalent action that instead uses
-+ * a task notification is vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR().
-+ *
-+ * When task notifications are being used as a binary or counting semaphore
-+ * equivalent then the task being notified should wait for the notification
-+ * using the ulTaskNotificationTakeIndexed() API function rather than the
-+ * xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() API function.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotifyFromISR() is the original API function, and remains
-+ * backward compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0
-+ * within the array. Calling xTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() is equivalent to calling
-+ * xTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR() with the uxIndexToNotify parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
-+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
-+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
-+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToNotify The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values to which the notification is to be sent.  uxIndexToNotify
-+ * must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.
-+ * xTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() does not have this parameter and always sends
-+ * notifications to index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() will set
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending the notification caused the
-+ * task to which the notification was sent to leave the Blocked state, and the
-+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently running task.  If
-+ * vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch
-+ * should be requested before the interrupt is exited.  How a context switch is
-+ * requested from an ISR is dependent on the port - see the documentation page
-+ * for the port in use.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+void vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                                    UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                                    BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+#define vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( xTaskToNotify, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) );
-+#define vTaskNotifyGiveIndexedFromISR( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( uxIndexToNotify ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn, BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Waits for a direct to task notification on a particular index in the calling
-+ * task's notification array in a manner similar to taking a counting semaphore.
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
-+ * function to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
-+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
-+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
-+ * an intermediary object.
-+ *
-+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
-+ * update, overwrite or increment one of the task's notification values.  In
-+ * that way task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as
-+ * light weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
-+ *
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() is intended for use when a task notification is
-+ * used as a faster and lighter weight binary or counting semaphore alternative.
-+ * Actual FreeRTOS semaphores are taken using the xSemaphoreTake() API function,
-+ * the equivalent action that instead uses a task notification is
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed().
-+ *
-+ * When a task is using its notification value as a binary or counting semaphore
-+ * other tasks should send notifications to it using the xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed()
-+ * macro, or xTaskNotifyIndex() function with the eAction parameter set to
-+ * eIncrement.
-+ *
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() can either clear the task's notification value at
-+ * the array index specified by the uxIndexToWaitOn parameter to zero on exit,
-+ * in which case the notification value acts like a binary semaphore, or
-+ * decrement the notification value on exit, in which case the notification
-+ * value acts like a counting semaphore.
-+ *
-+ * A task can use ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() to [optionally] block to wait for
-+ * a notification.  The task does not consume any CPU time while it is in the
-+ * Blocked state.
-+ *
-+ * Where as xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed() will return when a notification is pending,
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() will return when the task's notification value is
-+ * not zero.
-+ *
-+ * **NOTE** Each notification within the array operates independently - a task
-+ * can only block on one notification within the array at a time and will not be
-+ * unblocked by a notification sent to any other array index.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  ulTaskNotifyTake() is the original API function, and remains backward
-+ * compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0 in the
-+ * array. Calling ulTaskNotifyTake() is equivalent to calling
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed() with the uxIndexToWaitOn parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToWaitOn The index within the calling task's array of
-+ * notification values on which the calling task will wait for a notification to
-+ * be non-zero.  uxIndexToWaitOn must be less than
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.  xTaskNotifyTake() does
-+ * not have this parameter and always waits for notifications on index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xClearCountOnExit if xClearCountOnExit is pdFALSE then the task's
-+ * notification value is decremented when the function exits.  In this way the
-+ * notification value acts like a counting semaphore.  If xClearCountOnExit is
-+ * not pdFALSE then the task's notification value is cleared to zero when the
-+ * function exits.  In this way the notification value acts like a binary
-+ * semaphore.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait in
-+ * the Blocked state for the task's notification value to be greater than zero,
-+ * should the count not already be greater than zero when
-+ * ulTaskNotifyTake() was called.  The task will not consume any processing
-+ * time while it is in the Blocked state.  This is specified in kernel ticks,
-+ * the macro pdMS_TO_TICKS( value_in_ms ) can be used to convert a time
-+ * specified in milliseconds to a time specified in ticks.
-+ *
-+ * @return The task's notification count before it is either cleared to zero or
-+ * decremented (see the xClearCountOnExit parameter).
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
-+                                  BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
-+                                  TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+#define ulTaskNotifyTake( xClearCountOnExit, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( xClearCountOnExit ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+#define ulTaskNotifyTakeIndexed( uxIndexToWaitOn, xClearCountOnExit, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( ( uxIndexToWaitOn ), ( xClearCountOnExit ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxIndexToCLear );
-+ *
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for these
-+ * functions to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * If a notification is sent to an index within the array of notifications then
-+ * the notification at that index is said to be 'pending' until it is read or
-+ * explicitly cleared by the receiving task.  xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed()
-+ * is the function that clears a pending notification without reading the
-+ * notification value.  The notification value at the same array index is not
-+ * altered.  Set xTask to NULL to clear the notification state of the calling
-+ * task.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  xTaskNotifyStateClear() is the original API function, and remains
-+ * backward compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0
-+ * within the array. Calling xTaskNotifyStateClear() is equivalent to calling
-+ * xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed() with the uxIndexToNotify parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask The handle of the RTOS task that will have a notification state
-+ * cleared.  Set xTask to NULL to clear a notification state in the calling
-+ * task.  To obtain a task's handle create the task using xTaskCreate() and
-+ * make use of the pxCreatedTask parameter, or create the task using
-+ * xTaskCreateStatic() and store the returned value, or use the task's name in
-+ * a call to xTaskGetHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToClear The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values to act upon.  For example, setting uxIndexToClear to 1
-+ * will clear the state of the notification at index 1 within the array.
-+ * uxIndexToClear must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.
-+ * ulTaskNotifyStateClear() does not have this parameter and always acts on the
-+ * notification at index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdTRUE if the task's notification state was set to
-+ * eNotWaitingNotification, otherwise pdFALSE.
-+ *
-+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                         UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear );
-+#define xTaskNotifyStateClear( xTask ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( ( xTask ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ) )
-+#define xTaskNotifyStateClearIndexed( xTask, uxIndexToClear ) \
-+    xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( ( xTask ), ( uxIndexToClear ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task. h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * uint32_t ulTaskNotifyValueClearIndexed( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear, uint32_t ulBitsToClear );
-+ *
-+ * uint32_t ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
-+ *
-+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for these
-+ * functions to be available.
-+ *
-+ * Each task has a private array of "notification values" (or 'notifications'),
-+ * each of which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).  The constant
-+ * configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES sets the number of indexes in the
-+ * array, and (for backward compatibility) defaults to 1 if left undefined.
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 there was only one notification value per task.
-+ *
-+ * ulTaskNotifyValueClearIndexed() clears the bits specified by the
-+ * ulBitsToClear bit mask in the notification value at array index uxIndexToClear
-+ * of the task referenced by xTask.
-+ *
-+ * Backward compatibility information:
-+ * Prior to FreeRTOS V10.4.0 each task had a single "notification value", and
-+ * all task notification API functions operated on that value. Replacing the
-+ * single notification value with an array of notification values necessitated a
-+ * new set of API functions that could address specific notifications within the
-+ * array.  ulTaskNotifyValueClear() is the original API function, and remains
-+ * backward compatible by always operating on the notification value at index 0
-+ * within the array. Calling ulTaskNotifyValueClear() is equivalent to calling
-+ * ulTaskNotifyValueClearIndexed() with the uxIndexToClear parameter set to 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTask The handle of the RTOS task that will have bits in one of its
-+ * notification values cleared. Set xTask to NULL to clear bits in a
-+ * notification value of the calling task.  To obtain a task's handle create the
-+ * task using xTaskCreate() and make use of the pxCreatedTask parameter, or
-+ * create the task using xTaskCreateStatic() and store the returned value, or
-+ * use the task's name in a call to xTaskGetHandle().
-+ *
-+ * @param uxIndexToClear The index within the target task's array of
-+ * notification values in which to clear the bits.  uxIndexToClear
-+ * must be less than configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES.
-+ * ulTaskNotifyValueClear() does not have this parameter and always clears bits
-+ * in the notification value at index 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param ulBitsToClear Bit mask of the bits to clear in the notification value of
-+ * xTask. Set a bit to 1 to clear the corresponding bits in the task's notification
-+ * value. Set ulBitsToClear to 0xffffffff (UINT_MAX on 32-bit architectures) to clear
-+ * the notification value to 0.  Set ulBitsToClear to 0 to query the task's
-+ * notification value without clearing any bits.
-+ *
-+ *
-+ * @return The value of the target task's notification value before the bits
-+ * specified by ulBitsToClear were cleared.
-+ * \defgroup ulTaskNotifyValueClear ulTaskNotifyValueClear
-+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
-+ */
-+uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                        UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
-+                                        uint32_t ulBitsToClear );
-+#define ulTaskNotifyValueClear( xTask, ulBitsToClear ) \
-+    ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( ( xTask ), ( tskDEFAULT_INDEX_TO_NOTIFY ), ( ulBitsToClear ) )
-+#define ulTaskNotifyValueClearIndexed( xTask, uxIndexToClear, ulBitsToClear ) \
-+    ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( ( xTask ), ( uxIndexToClear ), ( ulBitsToClear ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Capture the current time for future use with xTaskCheckForTimeOut().
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTimeOut Pointer to a timeout object into which the current time
-+ * is to be captured.  The captured time includes the tick count and the number
-+ * of times the tick count has overflowed since the system first booted.
-+ * \defgroup vTaskSetTimeOutState vTaskSetTimeOutState
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut );
-+
-+/**
-+ * task.h
-+ * @code{c}
-+ * BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait );
-+ * @endcode
-+ *
-+ * Determines if pxTicksToWait ticks has passed since a time was captured
-+ * using a call to vTaskSetTimeOutState().  The captured time includes the tick
-+ * count and the number of times the tick count has overflowed.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTimeOut The time status as captured previously using
-+ * vTaskSetTimeOutState. If the timeout has not yet occurred, it is updated
-+ * to reflect the current time status.
-+ * @param pxTicksToWait The number of ticks to check for timeout i.e. if
-+ * pxTicksToWait ticks have passed since pxTimeOut was last updated (either by
-+ * vTaskSetTimeOutState() or xTaskCheckForTimeOut()), the timeout has occurred.
-+ * If the timeout has not occurred, pxTicksToWait is updated to reflect the
-+ * number of remaining ticks.
-+ *
-+ * @return If timeout has occurred, pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is
-+ * returned and pxTicksToWait is updated to reflect the number of remaining
-+ * ticks.
-+ *
-+ * @see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/xTaskCheckForTimeOut.html
-+ *
-+ * Example Usage:
-+ * @code{c}
-+ *  // Driver library function used to receive uxWantedBytes from an Rx buffer
-+ *  // that is filled by a UART interrupt. If there are not enough bytes in the
-+ *  // Rx buffer then the task enters the Blocked state until it is notified that
-+ *  // more data has been placed into the buffer. If there is still not enough
-+ *  // data then the task re-enters the Blocked state, and xTaskCheckForTimeOut()
-+ *  // is used to re-calculate the Block time to ensure the total amount of time
-+ *  // spent in the Blocked state does not exceed MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT. This
-+ *  // continues until either the buffer contains at least uxWantedBytes bytes,
-+ *  // or the total amount of time spent in the Blocked state reaches
-+ *  // MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT - at which point the task reads however many bytes are
-+ *  // available up to a maximum of uxWantedBytes.
-+ *
-+ *  size_t xUART_Receive( uint8_t *pucBuffer, size_t uxWantedBytes )
-+ *  {
-+ *  size_t uxReceived = 0;
-+ *  TickType_t xTicksToWait = MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT;
-+ *  TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-+ *
-+ *      // Initialize xTimeOut.  This records the time at which this function
-+ *      // was entered.
-+ *      vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-+ *
-+ *      // Loop until the buffer contains the wanted number of bytes, or a
-+ *      // timeout occurs.
-+ *      while( UART_bytes_in_rx_buffer( pxUARTInstance ) < uxWantedBytes )
-+ *      {
-+ *          // The buffer didn't contain enough data so this task is going to
-+ *          // enter the Blocked state. Adjusting xTicksToWait to account for
-+ *          // any time that has been spent in the Blocked state within this
-+ *          // function so far to ensure the total amount of time spent in the
-+ *          // Blocked state does not exceed MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT.
-+ *          if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) != pdFALSE )
-+ *          {
-+ *              //Timed out before the wanted number of bytes were available,
-+ *              // exit the loop.
-+ *              break;
-+ *          }
-+ *
-+ *          // Wait for a maximum of xTicksToWait ticks to be notified that the
-+ *          // receive interrupt has placed more data into the buffer.
-+ *          ulTaskNotifyTake( pdTRUE, xTicksToWait );
-+ *      }
-+ *
-+ *      // Attempt to read uxWantedBytes from the receive buffer into pucBuffer.
-+ *      // The actual number of bytes read (which might be less than
-+ *      // uxWantedBytes) is returned.
-+ *      uxReceived = UART_read_from_receive_buffer( pxUARTInstance,
-+ *                                                  pucBuffer,
-+ *                                                  uxWantedBytes );
-+ *
-+ *      return uxReceived;
-+ *  }
-+ * @endcode
-+ * \defgroup xTaskCheckForTimeOut xTaskCheckForTimeOut
-+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
-+                                 TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/*
-+ * Return the handle of the calling task.
-+ */
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING,
-+ * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED.
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void );
-+
-+/* ESP32 */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGetAffinity( TaskHandle_t xTask );
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleForCPU( BaseType_t cpuid );
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCPU( UBaseType_t cpuid );
-+/* Unimplemented */
-+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-+void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
-+                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
-+                                            void * pvValue );
-+void * pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
-+                                               BaseType_t xIndex );
-+#if ( configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS )
-+typedef void (*TlsDeleteCallbackFunction_t)( int, void * );
-+void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointerAndDelCallback( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue, TlsDeleteCallbackFunction_t pvDelCallback);
-+#endif
-+#endif
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+#endif /* INC_TASK_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/timers.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/timers.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..c5d1acf4d4
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/include/freertos/timers.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+#ifndef TIMERS_H
-+#define TIMERS_H
-+
-+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue.  These are to
-+ * be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
-+ * as defined below.  The commands that are sent from interrupts must use the
-+ * highest numbers as tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND is used to determine if the task
-+ * or interrupt version of the queue send function should be used. */
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR    ( ( BaseType_t ) -2 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK             ( ( BaseType_t ) -1 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE             ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_START                        ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET                        ( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP                         ( ( BaseType_t ) 3 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD                ( ( BaseType_t ) 4 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE                       ( ( BaseType_t ) 5 )
-+
-+#define tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND               ( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR               ( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR               ( ( BaseType_t ) 7 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR                ( ( BaseType_t ) 8 )
-+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR       ( ( BaseType_t ) 9 )
-+
-+/**
-+ * Type by which software timers are referenced.  For example, a call to
-+ * xTimerCreate() returns an TimerHandle_t variable that can then be used to
-+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
-+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
-+ */
-+struct tmrTimerControl; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-+typedef struct tmrTimerControl * TimerHandle_t;
-+
-+/*
-+ * Defines the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform.
-+ */
-+typedef void (* TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(  const char * const pcTimerName,
-+ *                              TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+ *                              UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+ *                              void * pvTimerID,
-+ *                              TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * created software timer can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
-+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
-+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
-+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
-+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
-+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
-+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
-+ * timer into the active state.
-+ *
-+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
-+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
-+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
-+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
-+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
-+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
-+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
-+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
-+ * equal to 1000.  Time timer period must be greater than 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
-+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
-+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
-+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
-+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
-+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
-+ * timer.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
-+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
-+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
-+ *
-+ * @return If the timer is successfully created then a handle to the newly
-+ * created timer is returned.  If the timer cannot be created because there is
-+ * insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
-+ * structures then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
-+ *
-+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
-+ * TimerHandle_t xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
-+ *
-+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
-+ * int32_t lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
-+ *
-+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
-+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
-+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
-+ * // 10 times.
-+ * void vTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
-+ * {
-+ * int32_t lArrayIndex;
-+ * const int32_t xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
-+ *
-+ *     // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
-+ *     configASSERT( pxTimer );
-+ *
-+ *     // Which timer expired?
-+ *     lArrayIndex = ( int32_t ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
-+ *
-+ *     // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
-+ *     lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
-+ *
-+ *     // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
-+ *     if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
-+ *         // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
-+ *         xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * void main( void )
-+ * {
-+ * int32_t x;
-+ *
-+ *     // Create then start some timers.  Starting the timers before the scheduler
-+ *     // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
-+ *     // the scheduler starts.
-+ *     for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
-+ *     {
-+ *         xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate(    "Timer",       // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
-+ *                                         ( 100 * x ),   // The timer period in ticks.
-+ *                                         pdTRUE,        // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
-+ *                                         ( void * ) x,  // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
-+ *                                         vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
-+ *                                     );
-+ *
-+ *         if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
-+ *         {
-+ *             // The timer was not created.
-+ *         }
-+ *         else
-+ *         {
-+ *             // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
-+ *             // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
-+ *             // started.
-+ *             if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *             {
-+ *                 // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
-+ *             }
-+ *         }
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // ...
-+ *     // Create tasks here.
-+ *     // ...
-+ *
-+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
-+ *     // been set into the active state.
-+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
-+ *
-+ *     // Should not reach here.
-+ *     for( ;; );
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+                                const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+                                const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+                                void * const pvTimerID,
-+                                TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
-+#endif
-+
-+/**
-+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
-+ *                                  TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+ *                                  UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+ *                                  void * pvTimerID,
-+ *                                  TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-+ *                                  StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
-+ *
-+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
-+ * created software timer can be referenced.
-+ *
-+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
-+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
-+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
-+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
-+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
-+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
-+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
-+ *
-+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
-+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
-+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
-+ * timer into the active state.
-+ *
-+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
-+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
-+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
-+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
-+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
-+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
-+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
-+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
-+ * equal to 1000.  The timer period must be greater than 0.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
-+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
-+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
-+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
-+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
-+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
-+ * timer.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
-+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
-+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
-+ *
-+ * @param pxTimerBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTimer_t, which
-+ * will be then be used to hold the software timer's data structures, removing
-+ * the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the timer is created then a handle to the created timer is
-+ * returned.  If pxTimerBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ *
-+ * // The buffer used to hold the software timer's data structure.
-+ * static StaticTimer_t xTimerBuffer;
-+ *
-+ * // A variable that will be incremented by the software timer's callback
-+ * // function.
-+ * UBaseType_t uxVariableToIncrement = 0;
-+ *
-+ * // A software timer callback function that increments a variable passed to
-+ * // it when the software timer was created.  After the 5th increment the
-+ * // callback function stops the software timer.
-+ * static void prvTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t xExpiredTimer )
-+ * {
-+ * UBaseType_t *puxVariableToIncrement;
-+ * BaseType_t xReturned;
-+ *
-+ *     // Obtain the address of the variable to increment from the timer ID.
-+ *     puxVariableToIncrement = ( UBaseType_t * ) pvTimerGetTimerID( xExpiredTimer );
-+ *
-+ *     // Increment the variable to show the timer callback has executed.
-+ *     ( *puxVariableToIncrement )++;
-+ *
-+ *     // If this callback has executed the required number of times, stop the
-+ *     // timer.
-+ *     if( *puxVariableToIncrement == 5 )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // This is called from a timer callback so must not block.
-+ *         xTimerStop( xExpiredTimer, staticDONT_BLOCK );
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ *
-+ * void main( void )
-+ * {
-+ *     // Create the software time.  xTimerCreateStatic() has an extra parameter
-+ *     // than the normal xTimerCreate() API function.  The parameter is a pointer
-+ *     // to the StaticTimer_t structure that will hold the software timer
-+ *     // structure.  If the parameter is passed as NULL then the structure will be
-+ *     // allocated dynamically, just as if xTimerCreate() had been called.
-+ *     xTimer = xTimerCreateStatic( "T1",             // Text name for the task.  Helps debugging only.  Not used by FreeRTOS.
-+ *                                  xTimerPeriod,     // The period of the timer in ticks.
-+ *                                  pdTRUE,           // This is an auto-reload timer.
-+ *                                  ( void * ) &uxVariableToIncrement,    // A variable incremented by the software timer's callback function
-+ *                                  prvTimerCallback, // The function to execute when the timer expires.
-+ *                                  &xTimerBuffer );  // The buffer that will hold the software timer structure.
-+ *
-+ *     // The scheduler has not started yet so a block time is not used.
-+ *     xReturned = xTimerStart( xTimer, 0 );
-+ *
-+ *     // ...
-+ *     // Create tasks here.
-+ *     // ...
-+ *
-+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
-+ *     // been set into the active state.
-+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
-+ *
-+ *     // Should not reach here.
-+ *     for( ;; );
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+    TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+                                      const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+                                      const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+                                      void * const pvTimerID,
-+                                      TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-+                                      StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer );
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+/**
-+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
-+ *
-+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
-+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer, and by calling the
-+ * vTimerSetTimerID() API function.
-+ *
-+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
-+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
-+ */
-+void * pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
-+ *
-+ * Sets the ID assigned to the timer.
-+ *
-+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
-+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
-+ *
-+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
-+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The timer being updated.
-+ *
-+ * @param pvNewID The ID to assign to the timer.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
-+ */
-+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                       void * pvNewID );
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
-+ *
-+ * A timer will be dormant if:
-+ *     1) It has been created but not started, or
-+ *     2) It is an expired one-shot timer that has not been restarted.
-+ *
-+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
-+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
-+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
-+ * active state.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant.  A value other than
-+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
-+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+ * {
-+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
-+ *     {
-+ *         // xTimer is active, do something.
-+ *     }
-+ *     else
-+ *     {
-+ *         // xTimer is not active, do something else.
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
-+ *
-+ * Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task.  It it not valid
-+ * to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
-+ */
-+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerStart( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
-+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
-+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
-+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
-+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
-+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
-+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
-+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
-+ *
-+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
-+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
-+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
-+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
-+ *
-+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
-+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
-+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
-+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
-+ *
-+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
-+ * to be available.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
-+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
-+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
-+ * xTimerStart() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
-+ * before the scheduler is started.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
-+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
-+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
-+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
-+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
-+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+ * configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerStop( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
-+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
-+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
-+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
-+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
-+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
-+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
-+ *
-+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
-+ *
-+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
-+ * to be available.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
-+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
-+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
-+ * xTimerStop() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
-+ * before the scheduler is started.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
-+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
-+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
-+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
-+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+ * configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriod(   TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+ *                                  TickType_t xNewPeriod,
-+ *                                  TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
-+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
-+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
-+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
-+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
-+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
-+ * dormant state timer.
-+ *
-+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
-+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
-+ *
-+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
-+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
-+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
-+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
-+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
-+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
-+ * or equal to 1000.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
-+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
-+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
-+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if
-+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
-+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.
-+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
-+ * command queue.  When the command is actually processed will depend on the
-+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
-+ * system.  The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.  If the timer
-+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
-+ * // is deleted.  If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
-+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
-+ * // started.
-+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+ * {
-+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
-+ *     {
-+ *         // xTimer is already active - delete it.
-+ *         xTimerDelete( xTimer );
-+ *     }
-+ *     else
-+ *     {
-+ *         // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms.  This will also
-+ *         // cause the timer to start.  Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
-+ *         // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
-+ *         // command queue.
-+ *         if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
-+ *         {
-+ *             // The command was successfully sent.
-+ *         }
-+ *         else
-+ *         {
-+ *             // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
-+ *             // to pass.  Take appropriate action here.
-+ *         }
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerDelete( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
-+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
-+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
-+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
-+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
-+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
-+ *
-+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
-+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
-+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
-+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
-+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerDelete()
-+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
-+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
-+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
-+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
-+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+ * configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ *
-+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
-+ */
-+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerReset( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+ *
-+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
-+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
-+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
-+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
-+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
-+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
-+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
-+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
-+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
-+ * called.  If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
-+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
-+ *
-+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
-+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
-+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
-+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
-+ *
-+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
-+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
-+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
-+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
-+ *
-+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
-+ * to be available.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
-+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
-+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
-+ * xTimerReset() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
-+ * before the scheduler is started.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
-+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
-+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
-+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
-+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
-+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+ * configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
-+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
-+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
-+ *
-+ * TimerHandle_t xBacklightTimer = NULL;
-+ *
-+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
-+ * // parameter is not used.
-+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
-+ * {
-+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
-+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // The key press event handler.
-+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
-+ * {
-+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
-+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
-+ *     // key inactivity.  Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
-+ *     // if it cannot be sent immediately.
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
-+ *     if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
-+ *         // action here.
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * void main( void )
-+ * {
-+ * int32_t x;
-+ *
-+ *     // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
-+ *     // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
-+ *     xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer",           // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
-+ *                                     ( 5000 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
-+ *                                     pdFALSE,                    // The timer is a one-shot timer.
-+ *                                     0,                          // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
-+ *                                     vBacklightTimerCallback     // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
-+ *                                   );
-+ *
-+ *     if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The timer was not created.
-+ *     }
-+ *     else
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
-+ *         // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
-+ *         // started.
-+ *         if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
-+ *         {
-+ *             // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
-+ *         }
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // ...
-+ *     // Create tasks here.
-+ *     // ...
-+ *
-+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
-+ *     // been set into the active state.
-+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
-+ *
-+ *     // Should not reach here.
-+ *     for( ;; );
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerStartFromISR(   TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+ *                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
-+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
-+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
-+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
-+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
-+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
-+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
-+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
-+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function.  If
-+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
-+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
-+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
-+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
-+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
-+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called.  The timer
-+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-+ * configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
-+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
-+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
-+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
-+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
-+ * // service routine.
-+ *
-+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
-+ * // parameter is not used.
-+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
-+ * {
-+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
-+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
-+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
-+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
-+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
-+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
-+ *
-+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
-+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
-+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
-+ *     // declared (in this function).
-+ *     if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The start command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
-+ *         // action here.
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
-+ *
-+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
-+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
-+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
-+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
-+ *     // actual syntax required.
-+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
-+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerStopFromISR(    TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+ *                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
-+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
-+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
-+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
-+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
-+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
-+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
-+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
-+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function.  If
-+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
-+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
-+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
-+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
-+ * relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
-+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
-+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
-+ *
-+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
-+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
-+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
-+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
-+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
-+ *     if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The stop command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
-+ *         // action here.
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
-+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
-+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
-+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
-+ *     // actual syntax required.
-+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
-+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+ *                                       TickType_t xNewPeriod,
-+ *                                       BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
-+ * service routine.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
-+ *
-+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
-+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
-+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
-+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
-+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
-+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
-+ * or equal to 1000.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
-+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
-+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
-+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
-+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
-+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
-+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
-+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
-+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
-+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function.  If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
-+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
-+ * interrupt exits.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
-+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the
-+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command
-+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
-+ * task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
-+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
-+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
-+ *
-+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
-+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
-+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
-+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
-+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
-+ *     if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The command to change the timers period was not executed
-+ *         // successfully.  Take appropriate action here.
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
-+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
-+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
-+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
-+ *     // actual syntax required.
-+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
-+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * BaseType_t xTimerResetFromISR(   TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+ *                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-+ *
-+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
-+ * routine.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
-+ * restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
-+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
-+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
-+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
-+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
-+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
-+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
-+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
-+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function.  If
-+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
-+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
-+ *
-+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
-+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
-+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
-+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
-+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
-+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called.  The timer service/daemon
-+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
-+ *
-+ * Example usage:
-+ * @verbatim
-+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
-+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
-+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
-+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
-+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
-+ * // service routine.
-+ *
-+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
-+ * // parameter is not used.
-+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
-+ * {
-+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
-+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
-+ * }
-+ *
-+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
-+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
-+ * {
-+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+ *
-+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
-+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
-+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
-+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
-+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
-+ *
-+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
-+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
-+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
-+ *     // declared (in this function).
-+ *     if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
-+ *         // action here.
-+ *     }
-+ *
-+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
-+ *
-+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
-+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
-+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
-+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
-+ *     // actual syntax required.
-+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-+ *     {
-+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
-+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
-+ *     }
-+ * }
-+ * @endverbatim
-+ */
-+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-+    xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-+
-+/**
-+ * const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Returns the name that was assigned to a timer when the timer was created.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
-+ */
-+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
-+ *
-+ * Updates a timer to be either an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
-+ * automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
-+ * which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
-+ *
-+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
-+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
-+ * xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function).  If
-+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
-+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
-+ */
-+void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                          const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
-+
-+/**
-+ * UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
-+ * automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
-+ * which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the timer is an auto-reload timer then pdTRUE is returned, otherwise
-+ * pdFALSE is returned.
-+ */
-+UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Returns the period of a timer.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return The period of the timer in ticks.
-+ */
-+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/**
-+ * TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+ *
-+ * Returns the time in ticks at which the timer will expire.  If this is less
-+ * than the current tick count then the expiry time has overflowed from the
-+ * current time.
-+ *
-+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
-+ *
-+ * @return If the timer is running then the time in ticks at which the timer
-+ * will next expire is returned.  If the timer is not running then the return
-+ * value is undefined.
-+ */
-+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
-+ * for use by the kernel only.
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                                 const BaseType_t xCommandID,
-+                                 const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
-+                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-+                                 const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-+
-+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+    }
-+#endif
-+/* *INDENT-ON* */
-+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/list.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/list.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..5eec523162
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/list.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
-+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
-+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "list.h"
-+
-+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
-+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
-+ * defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
-+ * generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
-+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
-+{
-+    /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
-+     * end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
-+     * as the only list entry. */
-+    pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-+
-+    /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
-+     * ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
-+    pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
-+
-+    /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
-+     * when the list is empty. */
-+    pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );     /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-+    pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-+
-+    pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-+
-+    /* Write known values into the list if
-+     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
-+    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
-+{
-+    /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
-+    pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
-+
-+    /* Write known values into the list item if
-+     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-+    listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-+    listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
-+                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-+{
-+    ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
-+
-+    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-+     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-+     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-+    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-+    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-+
-+    /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
-+     * makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
-+     * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
-+    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
-+    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
-+
-+    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-+    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-+
-+    pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-+    pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-+
-+    /* Remember which list the item is in. */
-+    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-+
-+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
-+                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-+{
-+    ListItem_t * pxIterator;
-+    const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
-+
-+    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-+     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-+     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-+    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-+    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-+
-+    /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
-+     *
-+     * If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
-+     * new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
-+     * stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
-+     * share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
-+     * the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
-+     * first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
-+    if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
-+    {
-+        pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
-+        *  If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
-+        *  listed below.  In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
-+        *  more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
-+        *  https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
-+        *
-+        *   1) Stack overflow -
-+        *      see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
-+        *   2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
-+        *      parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
-+        *      interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
-+        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
-+        *      of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
-+        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
-+        *   3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
-+        *      the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
-+        *      not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
-+        *   4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
-+        *      before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
-+        *      before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
-+        *   5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
-+        *      the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
-+        *      configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
-+        **********************************************************************/
-+
-+        for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
-+        {
-+            /* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
-+             * insertion position. */
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
-+    pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-+    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
-+    pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-+
-+    /* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
-+     * item later. */
-+    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-+
-+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
-+{
-+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
-+ * item. */
-+    List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
-+
-+    pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-+    pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
-+
-+    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-+    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-+
-+    /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
-+    if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
-+    {
-+        pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-+    }
-+
-+    pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
-+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
-+
-+    return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_1.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_1.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..cebc240892
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_1.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+/*
-+ * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc().  Note that this
-+ * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
-+ *
-+ * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
-+ * memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
-+ */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-+    #error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE    ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-+
-+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-+#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-+
-+/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-+* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-+    extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#else
-+    static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-+
-+/* Index into the ucHeap array. */
-+static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-+{
-+    void * pvReturn = NULL;
-+    static uint8_t * pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
-+
-+    /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned. */
-+    #if ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
-+            {
-+                /* Byte alignment required. Check for overflow. */
-+                if ( (xWantedSize + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) )) > xWantedSize )
-+                {
-+                    xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-+                }
-+                else
-+                {
-+                    xWantedSize = 0;
-+                }
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
-+        {
-+            /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-+            pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) & ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-+        }
-+
-+        /* Check there is enough room left for the allocation and. */
-+        if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && /* valid size */
-+            ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
-+            ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) ) /* Check for overflow. */
-+        {
-+            /* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
-+             * block. */
-+            pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
-+            xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
-+        }
-+
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    #if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( pvReturn == NULL )
-+            {
-+                extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-+                vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    return pvReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortFree( void * pv )
-+{
-+    /* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme.  See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
-+     * heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
-+     * https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
-+    ( void ) pv;
-+
-+    /* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
-+    configASSERT( pv == NULL );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-+{
-+    /* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
-+    xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_2.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_2.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..00a68b26b4
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_2.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/*
-+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
-+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
-+ * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory).  See heap_4.c for
-+ * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
-+ *
-+ * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
-+ * memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
-+ */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-+    #error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE    ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
-+ */
-+static void prvHeapInit( void );
-+
-+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-+#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-+
-+/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-+* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-+    extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#else
-+    static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-+
-+
-+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-+ * of their size. */
-+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-+{
-+    struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
-+    size_t xBlockSize;                     /*<< The size of the free block. */
-+} BlockLink_t;
-+
-+
-+static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE    ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
-+
-+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-+static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
-+
-+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-+ * fragmentation. */
-+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-+
-+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
-+
-+/*
-+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
-+ * the block.  Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
-+ * of the list.
-+ */
-+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert )                                                                               \
-+    {                                                                                                                               \
-+        BlockLink_t * pxIterator;                                                                                                   \
-+        size_t xBlockSize;                                                                                                          \
-+                                                                                                                                    \
-+        xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;                                                                                   \
-+                                                                                                                                    \
-+        /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */                                                \
-+        /* than the block we are inserting. */                                                                                      \
-+        for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
-+        {                                                                                                                           \
-+            /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */                                               \
-+        }                                                                                                                           \
-+                                                                                                                                    \
-+        /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */                                                    \
-+        /* position. */                                                                                                             \
-+        pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;                                                             \
-+        pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;                                                                              \
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxBlock, * pxPreviousBlock, * pxNewBlockLink;
-+    static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
-+    void * pvReturn = NULL;
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
-+         * initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
-+        if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
-+        {
-+            prvHeapInit();
-+            xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
-+        }
-+
-+        /* The wanted size must be increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-+         * structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-+        if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) &&
-+            ( ( xWantedSize + heapSTRUCT_SIZE ) >  xWantedSize ) ) /* Overflow check */
-+        {
-+            xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-+
-+            /* Byte alignment required. Check for overflow. */
-+            if( ( xWantedSize + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) )
-+                    > xWantedSize )
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-+                configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize = 0;
-+            }
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            xWantedSize = 0;
-+        }
-+
-+
-+        if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
-+        {
-+            /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
-+             * (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
-+            pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-+            pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+            while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-+            {
-+                pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-+                pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+            }
-+
-+            /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
-+            if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
-+            {
-+                /* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
-+                 * at its start. */
-+                pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
-+
-+                /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
-+                 * list of free blocks. */
-+                pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+                /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
-+                if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-+                {
-+                    /* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new block
-+                     * following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
-+                     * used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
-+                    pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-+
-+                    /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
-+                     * block. */
-+                    pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-+                    pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-+
-+                    /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-+                    prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
-+                }
-+
-+                xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    #if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( pvReturn == NULL )
-+            {
-+                extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-+                vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    return pvReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortFree( void * pv )
-+{
-+    uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-+    BlockLink_t * pxLink;
-+
-+    if( pv != NULL )
-+    {
-+        /* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-+         * before it. */
-+        puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-+
-+        /* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
-+         * byte alignment warnings. */
-+        pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-+
-+        vTaskSuspendAll();
-+        {
-+            /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-+            prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-+            xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-+        }
-+        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-+{
-+    /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+static void prvHeapInit( void )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlock;
-+    uint8_t * pucAlignedHeap;
-+
-+    /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-+    pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) & ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-+
-+    /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
-+     * blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-+    xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-+    xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-+
-+    /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
-+    xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-+    xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-+
-+    /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
-+     * entire heap space. */
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_3.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_3.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..7cdd9bb18a
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_3.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+/*
-+ * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
-+ * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
-+ *
-+ * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
-+ * a heap memory area.
-+ *
-+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
-+ * memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
-+ */
-+
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-+    #error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-+{
-+    void * pvReturn;
-+
-+    pvReturn = RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( xWantedSize );
-+
-+    #if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( pvReturn == NULL )
-+            {
-+                extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-+                vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    return pvReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortFree( void * pv )
-+{
-+    if( pv )
-+    {
-+        RT_KERNEL_FREE( pv );
-+    }
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_4.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_4.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..53536b7025
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_4.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/*
-+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
-+ * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
-+ * limits memory fragmentation.
-+ *
-+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
-+ * memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
-+ */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-+    #error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
-+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE    ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
-+
-+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
-+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE         ( ( size_t ) 8 )
-+
-+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-+#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-+
-+/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-+* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-+    extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#else
-+    static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-+
-+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-+ * of their memory address. */
-+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-+{
-+    struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
-+    size_t xBlockSize;                     /*<< The size of the free block. */
-+} BlockLink_t;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/*
-+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
-+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
-+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
-+ * adjacent to each other.
-+ */
-+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert );
-+
-+/*
-+ * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
-+ * pvPortMalloc() is called.
-+ */
-+static void prvHeapInit( void );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
-+ * block must by correctly byte aligned. */
-+static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-+
-+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-+static BlockLink_t xStart, * pxEnd = NULL;
-+
-+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
-+ * number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
-+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
-+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
-+
-+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
-+ * member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
-+ * application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
-+ * space. */
-+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxBlock, * pxPreviousBlock, * pxNewBlockLink;
-+    void * pvReturn = NULL;
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
-+         * initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
-+        if( pxEnd == NULL )
-+        {
-+            prvHeapInit();
-+        }
-+
-+        /* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
-+         * set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
-+         * is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
-+         * kernel, so it must be free. */
-+        if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
-+        {
-+            /* The wanted size must be increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-+             * structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-+            if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) &&
-+                ( ( xWantedSize + xHeapStructSize ) >  xWantedSize ) ) /* Overflow check */
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
-+
-+                /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned. */
-+                if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
-+                {
-+                    /* Byte alignment required. Check for overflow. */
-+                    if( ( xWantedSize + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) )
-+                            > xWantedSize )
-+                    {
-+                        xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-+                        configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-+                    }
-+                    else
-+                    {
-+                        xWantedSize = 0;
-+                    }
-+                }
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize = 0;
-+            }
-+
-+            if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
-+            {
-+                /* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
-+                 * one of adequate size is found. */
-+                pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-+                pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+                while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-+                {
-+                    pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-+                    pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+                }
-+
-+                /* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
-+                 * was not found. */
-+                if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
-+                {
-+                    /* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
-+                     * BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
-+                    pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
-+
-+                    /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
-+                     * of the list of free blocks. */
-+                    pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+                    /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
-+                     * two. */
-+                    if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-+                    {
-+                        /* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
-+                         * block following the number of bytes requested. The void
-+                         * cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
-+                         * compiler. */
-+                        pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-+                        configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-+
-+                        /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
-+                         * single block. */
-+                        pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-+                        pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-+
-+                        /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-+                        prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
-+                    }
-+
-+                    xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+
-+                    if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
-+                    {
-+                        xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+                    }
-+
-+                    /* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
-+                     * by the application and has no "next" block. */
-+                    pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
-+                    pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-+                    xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
-+                }
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    #if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( pvReturn == NULL )
-+            {
-+                extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-+                vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif /* if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) */
-+
-+    configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-+    return pvReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortFree( void * pv )
-+{
-+    uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-+    BlockLink_t * pxLink;
-+
-+    if( pv != NULL )
-+    {
-+        /* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-+         * before it. */
-+        puc -= xHeapStructSize;
-+
-+        /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
-+        pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-+
-+        /* Check the block is actually allocated. */
-+        configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
-+        configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
-+
-+        if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
-+        {
-+            if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
-+            {
-+                /* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
-+                 * allocated. */
-+                pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
-+
-+                vTaskSuspendAll();
-+                {
-+                    /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-+                    xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-+                    prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-+                    xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
-+                }
-+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-+{
-+    /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+static void prvHeapInit( void ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlock;
-+    uint8_t * pucAlignedHeap;
-+    size_t uxAddress;
-+    size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
-+
-+    /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-+    uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
-+
-+    if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-+    {
-+        uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
-+        uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-+        xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
-+    }
-+
-+    pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
-+
-+    /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
-+     * blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-+    xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-+    xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-+
-+    /* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
-+     * at the end of the heap space. */
-+    uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
-+    uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
-+    uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-+    pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
-+    pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
-+    pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-+
-+    /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
-+     * entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
-+    pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-+
-+    /* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
-+    xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-+    xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-+
-+    /* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
-+    xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxIterator;
-+    uint8_t * puc;
-+
-+    /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
-+     * than the block being inserted. */
-+    for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-+    {
-+        /* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
-+    }
-+
-+    /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
-+     * make a contiguous block of memory? */
-+    puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
-+
-+    if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
-+    {
-+        pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
-+        pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
-+    }
-+
-+    /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
-+     * make a contiguous block of memory? */
-+    puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
-+
-+    if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-+    {
-+        if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
-+        {
-+            /* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
-+            pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-+            pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-+        }
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+    }
-+
-+    /* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
-+     * before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
-+     * already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
-+     * to itself. */
-+    if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
-+    {
-+        pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
-+    size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+        /* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
-+         * is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
-+        if( pxBlock != NULL )
-+        {
-+            do
-+            {
-+                /* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
-+                 * so far. */
-+                xBlocks++;
-+
-+                if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
-+                {
-+                    xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+                }
-+
-+                if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
-+                {
-+                    xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+                }
-+
-+                /* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
-+                 * reached. */
-+                pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+            } while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
-+        }
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
-+    pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
-+    pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
-+
-+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-+    {
-+        pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+        pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
-+        pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
-+        pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-+    }
-+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_5.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_5.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..7fadbd4b0f
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/MemMang/heap_5.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/*
-+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
-+ * across multiple non-contigous blocks and combines (coalescences) adjacent
-+ * memory blocks as they are freed.
-+ *
-+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative
-+ * implementations, and the memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * for more information.
-+ *
-+ * Usage notes:
-+ *
-+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be called before pvPortMalloc().
-+ * pvPortMalloc() will be called if any task objects (tasks, queues, event
-+ * groups, etc.) are created, therefore vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be
-+ * called before any other objects are defined.
-+ *
-+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions() takes a single parameter.  The parameter is an array
-+ * of HeapRegion_t structures.  HeapRegion_t is defined in portable.h as
-+ *
-+ * typedef struct HeapRegion
-+ * {
-+ *  uint8_t *pucStartAddress; << Start address of a block of memory that will be part of the heap.
-+ *  size_t xSizeInBytes;      << Size of the block of memory.
-+ * } HeapRegion_t;
-+ *
-+ * The array is terminated using a NULL zero sized region definition, and the
-+ * memory regions defined in the array ***must*** appear in address order from
-+ * low address to high address.  So the following is a valid example of how
-+ * to use the function.
-+ *
-+ * HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] =
-+ * {
-+ *  { ( uint8_t * ) 0x80000000UL, 0x10000 }, << Defines a block of 0x10000 bytes starting at address 0x80000000
-+ *  { ( uint8_t * ) 0x90000000UL, 0xa0000 }, << Defines a block of 0xa0000 bytes starting at address of 0x90000000
-+ *  { NULL, 0 }                << Terminates the array.
-+ * };
-+ *
-+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions( xHeapRegions ); << Pass the array into vPortDefineHeapRegions().
-+ *
-+ * Note 0x80000000 is the lower address so appears in the array first.
-+ *
-+ */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-+    #error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
-+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE    ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
-+
-+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
-+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE         ( ( size_t ) 8 )
-+
-+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-+ * of their memory address. */
-+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-+{
-+    struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
-+    size_t xBlockSize;                     /*<< The size of the free block. */
-+} BlockLink_t;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/*
-+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
-+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
-+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
-+ * adjacent to each other.
-+ */
-+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert );
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
-+ * block must by correctly byte aligned. */
-+static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-+
-+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-+static BlockLink_t xStart, * pxEnd = NULL;
-+
-+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
-+ * number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
-+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
-+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
-+
-+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
-+ * member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
-+ * application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
-+ * space. */
-+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxBlock, * pxPreviousBlock, * pxNewBlockLink;
-+    void * pvReturn = NULL;
-+
-+    /* The heap must be initialised before the first call to
-+     * prvPortMalloc(). */
-+    configASSERT( pxEnd );
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        /* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
-+         * set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
-+         * is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
-+         * kernel, so it must be free. */
-+        if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
-+        {
-+            /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-+             * structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-+            if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) &&
-+                ( ( xWantedSize + xHeapStructSize ) >  xWantedSize ) ) /* Overflow check */
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
-+
-+                /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned */
-+                if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
-+                {
-+                    /* Byte alignment required. Check for overflow */
-+                    if( ( xWantedSize + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ) >
-+                         xWantedSize )
-+                    {
-+                        xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-+                    }
-+                    else
-+                    {
-+                        xWantedSize = 0;
-+                    }
-+                }
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                xWantedSize = 0;
-+            }
-+
-+            if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
-+            {
-+                /* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
-+                 * one of adequate size is found. */
-+                pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-+                pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+                while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-+                {
-+                    pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-+                    pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+                }
-+
-+                /* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
-+                 * was not found. */
-+                if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
-+                {
-+                    /* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
-+                     * BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
-+                    pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
-+
-+                    /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
-+                     * of the list of free blocks. */
-+                    pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+                    /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
-+                     * two. */
-+                    if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-+                    {
-+                        /* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
-+                         * block following the number of bytes requested. The void
-+                         * cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
-+                         * compiler. */
-+                        pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-+
-+                        /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
-+                         * single block. */
-+                        pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-+                        pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-+
-+                        /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-+                        prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
-+                    }
-+
-+                    xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+
-+                    if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
-+                    {
-+                        xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+                    }
-+
-+                    /* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
-+                     * by the application and has no "next" block. */
-+                    pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
-+                    pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-+                    xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
-+                }
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    #if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-+        {
-+            if( pvReturn == NULL )
-+            {
-+                extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-+                vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    #endif /* if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) */
-+
-+    return pvReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortFree( void * pv )
-+{
-+    uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-+    BlockLink_t * pxLink;
-+
-+    if( pv != NULL )
-+    {
-+        /* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-+         * before it. */
-+        puc -= xHeapStructSize;
-+
-+        /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
-+        pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-+
-+        /* Check the block is actually allocated. */
-+        configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
-+        configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
-+
-+        if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
-+        {
-+            if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
-+            {
-+                /* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
-+                 * allocated. */
-+                pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
-+
-+                vTaskSuspendAll();
-+                {
-+                    /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-+                    xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-+                    prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-+                    xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
-+                }
-+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+            }
-+        }
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
-+{
-+    return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxIterator;
-+    uint8_t * puc;
-+
-+    /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
-+     * than the block being inserted. */
-+    for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-+    {
-+        /* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
-+    }
-+
-+    /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
-+     * make a contiguous block of memory? */
-+    puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
-+
-+    if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
-+    {
-+        pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
-+        pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
-+    }
-+
-+    /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
-+     * make a contiguous block of memory? */
-+    puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
-+
-+    if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-+    {
-+        if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
-+        {
-+            /* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
-+            pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-+            pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-+        }
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+    }
-+
-+    /* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
-+     * before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
-+     * already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
-+     * to itself. */
-+    if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
-+    {
-+        pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = NULL, * pxPreviousFreeBlock;
-+    size_t xAlignedHeap;
-+    size_t xTotalRegionSize, xTotalHeapSize = 0;
-+    BaseType_t xDefinedRegions = 0;
-+    size_t xAddress;
-+    const HeapRegion_t * pxHeapRegion;
-+
-+    /* Can only call once! */
-+    configASSERT( pxEnd == NULL );
-+
-+    pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
-+
-+    while( pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes > 0 )
-+    {
-+        xTotalRegionSize = pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes;
-+
-+        /* Ensure the heap region starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-+        xAddress = ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
-+
-+        if( ( xAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-+        {
-+            xAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
-+            xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
-+
-+            /* Adjust the size for the bytes lost to alignment. */
-+            xTotalRegionSize -= xAddress - ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
-+        }
-+
-+        xAlignedHeap = xAddress;
-+
-+        /* Set xStart if it has not already been set. */
-+        if( xDefinedRegions == 0 )
-+        {
-+            /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of
-+             *  free blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-+            xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
-+            xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            /* Should only get here if one region has already been added to the
-+             * heap. */
-+            configASSERT( pxEnd != NULL );
-+
-+            /* Check blocks are passed in with increasing start addresses. */
-+            configASSERT( xAddress > ( size_t ) pxEnd );
-+        }
-+
-+        /* Remember the location of the end marker in the previous region, if
-+         * any. */
-+        pxPreviousFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-+
-+        /* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is
-+         * inserted at the end of the region space. */
-+        xAddress = xAlignedHeap + xTotalRegionSize;
-+        xAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
-+        xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
-+        pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAddress;
-+        pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
-+        pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-+
-+        /* To start with there is a single free block in this region that is
-+         * sized to take up the entire heap region minus the space taken by the
-+         * free block structure. */
-+        pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
-+        pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize = xAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
-+        pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-+
-+        /* If this is not the first region that makes up the entire heap space
-+         * then link the previous region to this region. */
-+        if( pxPreviousFreeBlock != NULL )
-+        {
-+            pxPreviousFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
-+        }
-+
-+        xTotalHeapSize += pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
-+
-+        /* Move onto the next HeapRegion_t structure. */
-+        xDefinedRegions++;
-+        pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
-+    }
-+
-+    xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
-+    xFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
-+
-+    /* Check something was actually defined before it is accessed. */
-+    configASSERT( xTotalHeapSize );
-+
-+    /* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
-+    xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats )
-+{
-+    BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
-+    size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
-+
-+    vTaskSuspendAll();
-+    {
-+        pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-+
-+        /* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
-+         * is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
-+        if( pxBlock != NULL )
-+        {
-+            do
-+            {
-+                /* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
-+                 * so far. */
-+                xBlocks++;
-+
-+                if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
-+                {
-+                    xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+                }
-+
-+                /* Heap five will have a zero sized block at the end of each
-+                 * each region - the block is only used to link to the next
-+                 * heap region so it not a real block. */
-+                if( pxBlock->xBlockSize != 0 )
-+                {
-+                    if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
-+                    {
-+                        xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-+                    }
-+                }
-+
-+                /* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
-+                 * reached. */
-+                pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-+            } while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
-+        }
-+    }
-+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-+
-+    pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
-+    pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
-+    pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
-+
-+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-+    {
-+        pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-+        pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
-+        pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
-+        pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-+    }
-+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/port_common.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/port_common.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..9d8159f588
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/port_common.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
-+/*
-+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
-+ */
-+
-+#include <string.h>
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+#include "portmacro.h"
-+#include "esp_system.h"
-+#include "esp_heap_caps_init.h"
-+#include "esp_int_wdt.h"
-+#include "esp_task_wdt.h"
-+#include "esp_task.h"
-+#include "esp_private/crosscore_int.h"
-+#include "esp_private/startup_internal.h"    /* Required by g_spiram_ok. [refactor-todo] for g_spiram_ok */
-+#include "esp_log.h"
-+#include "soc/soc_memory_types.h"
-+#include "soc/dport_access.h"
-+#include "sdkconfig.h"
-+
-+#if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32
-+#include "esp32/spiram.h"
-+#elif CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32S2
-+#include "esp32s2/spiram.h"
-+#elif CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32S3
-+#include "esp32s3/spiram.h"
-+#elif CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C3 || CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32H2
-+// SPIRAM is not supported on ESP32-C3
-+#endif
-+
-+#if CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_RESERVE_INTERNAL
-+static const char* TAG = "cpu_start";
-+#endif
-+
-+/* Architecture-agnostic parts of the FreeRTOS ESP-IDF port layer can go here.
-+ *
-+ * The actual call flow will be to call esp_startup_start_app() in <ARCH>/port.c,
-+ * which will then call esp_startup_start_app_common()
-+ */
-+
-+// Duplicate of inaccessible xSchedulerRunning; needed at startup to avoid counting nesting
-+volatile unsigned port_xSchedulerRunning[portNUM_PROCESSORS] = {0};
-+
-+// For now, running FreeRTOS on one core and a bare metal on the other (or other OSes)
-+// is not supported. For now CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE and CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_SINGLE_CORE_MODE
-+// should mirror each other's values.
-+//
-+// And since this should be true, we can just check for CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE.
-+#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE != CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_SINGLE_CORE_MODE
-+    #error "FreeRTOS and system configuration mismatch regarding the use of multiple cores."
-+#endif
-+
-+static void main_task(void* args);
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME
-+void esp_gdbstub_init(void);
-+#endif // CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME
-+
-+extern void app_main(void);
-+
-+void esp_startup_start_app_common(void)
-+{
-+#if CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT
-+    esp_int_wdt_init();
-+    //Initialize the interrupt watch dog for CPU0.
-+    esp_int_wdt_cpu_init();
-+#endif
-+
-+    esp_crosscore_int_init();
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME
-+    esp_gdbstub_init();
-+#endif // CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME
-+
-+#ifdef CONFIG_IDF_RTOS_RTTHREAD
-+    app_main();
-+#else
-+    portBASE_TYPE res = xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(&main_task, "main",
-+                                                ESP_TASK_MAIN_STACK, NULL,
-+                                                ESP_TASK_MAIN_PRIO, NULL, ESP_TASK_MAIN_CORE);
-+    assert(res == pdTRUE);
-+    (void)res;
-+#endif
-+
-+}
-+
-+static void main_task(void* args)
-+{
-+#if !CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE
-+    // Wait for FreeRTOS initialization to finish on APP CPU, before replacing its startup stack
-+    while (port_xSchedulerRunning[1] == 0) {
-+        ;
-+    }
-+#endif
-+
-+    // [refactor-todo] check if there is a way to move the following block to esp_system startup
-+    heap_caps_enable_nonos_stack_heaps();
-+
-+    // Now we have startup stack RAM available for heap, enable any DMA pool memory
-+#if CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_RESERVE_INTERNAL
-+    if (g_spiram_ok) {
-+        esp_err_t r = esp_spiram_reserve_dma_pool(CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_RESERVE_INTERNAL);
-+        if (r != ESP_OK) {
-+            ESP_EARLY_LOGE(TAG, "Could not reserve internal/DMA pool (error 0x%x)", r);
-+            abort();
-+        }
-+    }
-+#endif
-+
-+    //Initialize task wdt if configured to do so
-+#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_PANIC
-+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_task_wdt_init(CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_TIMEOUT_S, true));
-+#elif CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT
-+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_task_wdt_init(CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_TIMEOUT_S, false));
-+#endif
-+
-+    //Add IDLE 0 to task wdt
-+#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU0
-+    TaskHandle_t idle_0 = xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCPU(0);
-+    if(idle_0 != NULL){
-+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_task_wdt_add(idle_0));
-+    }
-+#endif
-+    //Add IDLE 1 to task wdt
-+#ifdef CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU1
-+    TaskHandle_t idle_1 = xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCPU(1);
-+    if(idle_1 != NULL){
-+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_task_wdt_add(idle_1));
-+    }
-+#endif
-+
-+    app_main();
-+    vTaskDelete(NULL);
-+}
-+
-+// -------------------- Heap Related -----------------------
-+
-+bool xPortCheckValidTCBMem(const void *ptr)
-+{
-+    return esp_ptr_internal(ptr) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
-+}
-+
-+bool xPortcheckValidStackMem(const void *ptr)
-+{
-+#ifdef CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_STACK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY
-+    return esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
-+#else
-+    return esp_ptr_internal(ptr) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
-+#endif
-+}
-+
-+// ------------- FreeRTOS Static Allocation ----------------
-+
-+/*
-+This function is required by FreeRTOS when configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is
-+enabled and is used by FreeRTOS to obtain memory for its IDLE tasks.
-+
-+Like the pvPortMallocTcbMem() and pvPortMallocStackMem() macros, TCB and stack
-+memory MUST be placed in internal RAM.
-+*/
-+void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory(StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer,
-+                                   StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
-+                                   uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize )
-+{
-+    StaticTask_t *pxTCBBufferTemp;
-+    StackType_t *pxStackBufferTemp;
-+    //Allocate TCB and stack buffer in internal memory
-+    pxTCBBufferTemp = pvPortMallocTcbMem(sizeof(StaticTask_t));
-+    pxStackBufferTemp = pvPortMallocStackMem(configIDLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE);
-+    assert(pxTCBBufferTemp != NULL);
-+    assert(pxStackBufferTemp != NULL);
-+    //Write back pointers
-+    *ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = pxTCBBufferTemp;
-+    *ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer = pxStackBufferTemp;
-+    *pulIdleTaskStackSize = configIDLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE;
-+}
-+
-+/*
-+This function is required by FreeRTOS when configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is
-+enabled and is used by the FreeRTOS Timer to obtain memory for its daemone task.
-+
-+
-+Like the pvPortMallocTcbMem() and pvPortMallocStackMem() macros, TCB and stack
-+memory MUST be placed in internal RAM.
-+*/
-+void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory(StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
-+                                    StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
-+                                    uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize )
-+{
-+    StaticTask_t *pxTCBBufferTemp;
-+    StackType_t *pxStackBufferTemp;
-+    //Allocate TCB and stack buffer in internal memory
-+    pxTCBBufferTemp = pvPortMallocTcbMem(sizeof(StaticTask_t));
-+    pxStackBufferTemp = pvPortMallocStackMem(configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH);
-+    assert(pxTCBBufferTemp != NULL);
-+    assert(pxStackBufferTemp != NULL);
-+    //Write back pointers
-+    *ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = pxTCBBufferTemp;
-+    *ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer = pxStackBufferTemp;
-+    *pulTimerTaskStackSize = configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH;
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..a7d534343f
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig_arch.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
-+/*
-+    FreeRTOS V10 - Copyright (C) 2021 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-+    All rights reserved
-+
-+    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-+
-+    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-+    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-+    Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-+
-+	***************************************************************************
-+    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-+    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-+    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-+    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-+	***************************************************************************
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-+    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-+    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-+
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-+     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-+     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-+     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-+     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-+     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-+     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-+	the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-+	defined configASSERT()?
-+
-+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-+	embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-+	participating in the support forum.
-+
-+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-+	be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-+	FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-+	Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-+    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-+    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-+    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-+    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-+    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-+
-+    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-+    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-+    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-+
-+    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-+*/
-+
-+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_RISCV_H
-+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_RISCV_H
-+
-+// This file is included in the common FreeRTOSConfig.h.
-+
-+#include "sdkconfig.h"
-+
-+#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION         0
-+
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+#if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C3
-+#include "esp32c3/rom/ets_sys.h"
-+#elif CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32H2
-+#include "esp32h2/rom/ets_sys.h"
-+#endif
-+#endif // __ASSEMBLER__
-+
-+/* The maximum interrupt priority from which FreeRTOS.org API functions can
-+   be called.  Only API functions that end in ...FromISR() can be used within
-+   interrupts. */
-+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY            0
-+
-+#ifndef configISR_STACK_SIZE
-+#define configISR_STACK_SIZE                            (CONFIG_FREERTOS_ISR_STACKSIZE)
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+#if CONFIG_APPTRACE_SV_ENABLE
-+extern int xPortSwitchFlag;
-+#define os_task_switch_is_pended(_cpu_) (xPortSwitchFlag)
-+#else
-+#define os_task_switch_is_pended(_cpu_) (false)
-+#endif
-+#endif
-+
-+#endif // FREERTOS_CONFIG_RISCV_H
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..ce683ac301
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+
-+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
-+    #define PORTMACRO_H
-+
-+    #ifdef __cplusplus
-+        extern "C" {
-+    #endif
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-+ * Port specific definitions.
-+ *
-+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
-+ * given hardware and compiler.
-+ *
-+ * These settings should not be altered.
-+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
-+ */
-+
-+/* Type definitions. */
-+    #define portCHAR          char
-+    #define portFLOAT         float
-+    #define portDOUBLE        double
-+    #define portLONG          long
-+    #define portSHORT         short
-+    #define portSTACK_TYPE    rt_ubase_t
-+    #define portBASE_TYPE     rt_base_t
-+
-+    typedef portSTACK_TYPE   StackType_t;
-+    typedef rt_base_t        BaseType_t;
-+    typedef rt_ubase_t       UBaseType_t;
-+    typedef rt_tick_t        TickType_t;
-+    #define portMAX_DELAY    ( TickType_t ) RT_TICK_MAX
-+
-+    struct rt_semaphore_wrapper
-+    {
-+        struct rt_semaphore sem;
-+        rt_uint16_t max_value;
-+    };
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* Architecture specifics. */
-+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT      RT_ALIGN_SIZE
-+    #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE   rt_size_t
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* Scheduler utilities. */
-+    #define portYIELD()                 rt_thread_yield()
-+    #define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x )     rt_thread_yield()
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* Critical section management. */
-+    extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
-+    extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
-+    #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         rt_hw_interrupt_disable()
-+    #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( x )
-+    #define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()                  vPortEnterCritical()
-+    #define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()                   vPortExitCritical()
-+    //#define portENTER_CRITICAL()                      vPortEnterCritical()
-+    //#define portEXIT_CRITICAL()                       vPortExitCritical()
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* Use this macro to calculate the buffer size when allocating a queue statically
-+ * To ensure the buffer can fit the desired number of messages
-+ */
-+    #define QUEUE_BUFFER_SIZE( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize )  ( ( RT_ALIGN( uxItemSize, RT_ALIGN_SIZE ) + sizeof( void * ) ) * uxQueueLength )
-+
-+    BaseType_t rt_err_to_freertos(rt_err_t rt_err);
-+
-+/* For ESP32 */
-+    #include "portmacro_esp32c3.h"
-+
-+    #ifdef __cplusplus
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_deprecated.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_deprecated.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..597d99c333
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_deprecated.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
-+/*
-+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017-2021 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
-+ */
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------------- Deprecate ------------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Macros or functions that should be deprecated in v5.0, then removed in the next major release
-+ * - Kept as not to cause a breaking change
-+ * - Include this header at the end of portmacro.h
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Disable interrupts in a nested manner
-+ *
-+ * Does the exact same thing as portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Call portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() instead
-+ */
-+static inline __attribute__((deprecated)) UBaseType_t portENTER_CRITICAL_NESTED(void) {
-+    return portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-+}
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Reenables interrupts in a nested manner
-+ *
-+ * Does the exact same thing as portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Call portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() instead
-+ */
-+static inline void __attribute__((deprecated)) portEXIT_CRITICAL_NESTED(UBaseType_t prev_level)
-+{
-+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(prev_level);
-+}
-+
-+/* ---------------------- Spinlocks --------------------- */
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Deprecated placed holder function to initialize a spinlock
-+ *
-+ * Currently does nothing.
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. If on multi-core, use spinlock_initialize() instead
-+ * @param[in] mux Spinlock
-+ */
-+static inline void __attribute__((deprecated)) __attribute__((always_inline)) vPortCPUInitializeMutex(portMUX_TYPE *mux)
-+{
-+    (void)mux;
-+}
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Deprecated placed holder function to acquire a spinlock
-+ *
-+ * Currently does nothing.
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. If on multi-core, use spinlock_acquire() instead
-+ * @param[in] mux Spinlock
-+ */
-+static inline void __attribute__((deprecated)) __attribute__((always_inline)) vPortCPUAcquireMutex(portMUX_TYPE *mux)
-+{
-+    (void)mux;
-+}
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Deprecated placed holder function to acquire a spinlock but with a specified timeout
-+ *
-+ * Currently just returns true
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. If on multi-core, use spinlock_acquire() instead
-+ * @note Does not have deprecated attribute due to usage in app_trace_util.c
-+ * @param[in] mux Spinlock
-+ * @param[in] timeout Timeout in number of CPU cycles
-+ * @return true Always returns true
-+ */
-+static inline bool __attribute__((always_inline))  vPortCPUAcquireMutexTimeout(portMUX_TYPE *mux, int timeout_cycles)
-+{
-+    (void)mux;
-+    (void)timeout_cycles;
-+    return true;
-+}
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Deprecated placed holder function to release a spinlock
-+ *
-+ * Currently does nothing.
-+ *
-+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. If on multi-core, use spinlock_release() instead
-+ * @note Does not have deprecated attribute due to usage in app_trace_util.c
-+ * @param[in] mux Spinlock
-+ */
-+static inline void __attribute__((always_inline)) vPortCPUReleaseMutex(portMUX_TYPE *mux)
-+{
-+    (void)mux;
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_esp32c3.h b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_esp32c3.h
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..88459bb6a2
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/include/freertos/portmacro_esp32c3.h
-@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
-+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
-+ *
-+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
-+ */
-+
-+#ifndef PORTMACRO_ESP32C3_H
-+#define PORTMACRO_ESP32C3_H
-+
-+#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
-+
-+#include "sdkconfig.h"
-+#include <stdint.h>
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+#include <stdbool.h>
-+#include <stdio.h>
-+#include "soc/spinlock.h"
-+#include "soc/interrupt_core0_reg.h"
-+#include "soc/cpu.h"
-+#include "esp_attr.h"
-+#include "esp_rom_sys.h"
-+#include "esp_timer.h"              /* required for FreeRTOS run time stats */
-+#include "esp_heap_caps.h"
-+#include "esp_system.h"             /* required by esp_get_...() functions in portable.h. [refactor-todo] Update portable.h */
-+#include "esp_newlib.h"
-+//#include "portbenchmark.h"
-+
-+/* [refactor-todo] These includes are not directly used in this file. They are kept into to prevent a breaking change. Remove these. */
-+#include <limits.h>
-+#ifdef CONFIG_LEGACY_INCLUDE_COMMON_HEADERS
-+#include "soc/soc_memory_layout.h"
-+#endif
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+
-+
-+
-+/* --------------------------------------------------- Port Types ------------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Port specific types.
-+ * - The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the given hardware and compiler.
-+ * - These settings should not be altered.
-+ * - The port types must come first as they are used further down in this file
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
-+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO(vFunction, pvParameters) void vFunction(void *pvParameters)
-+#define portTASK_FUNCTION(vFunction, pvParameters) void vFunction(void *pvParameters)
-+
-+// interrupt module will mask interrupt with priority less than threshold
-+#define RVHAL_EXCM_LEVEL            4
-+
-+
-+/* ----------------------------------------------- Port Configurations -------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Configurations values supplied by each port
-+ * - Required by FreeRTOS
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB     0
-+#define portSTACK_GROWTH                (-1)
-+#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS              ((TickType_t) (1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ))
-+#define portNOP() __asm volatile        (" nop ")
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------- Forward Declarations -------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Forward declarations of all the port functions and macros need to implement the FreeRTOS porting interface
-+ * - These must come before definition/declaration of the FreeRTOS porting interface
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// --------------------- Interrupts ------------------------
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Checks if the current core is in an ISR context
-+ *
-+ * - ISR context consist of Low/Mid priority ISR, or time tick ISR
-+ * - High priority ISRs aren't detected here, but they normally cannot call C code, so that should not be an issue anyway.
-+ *
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this should be inlined
-+ * @return
-+ *  - pdTRUE if in ISR
-+ *  - pdFALSE otherwise
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xPortInIsrContext(void);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Check if in ISR context from High priority ISRs
-+ *
-+ * - Called from High priority ISR
-+ * - Checks if the previous context (before high priority interrupt) was in ISR context (meaning low/med priority)
-+ *
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this should be inlined
-+ * @return
-+ *  - pdTRUE if in previous in ISR context
-+ *  - pdFALSE otherwise
-+ */
-+BaseType_t xPortInterruptedFromISRContext(void);
-+
-+/* ---------------------- Spinlocks ------------------------
-+ - Spinlocks added to match API with SMP FreeRTOS. Single core RISC-V does not need spin locks
-+ - Because single core does not have a primitive spinlock data type, we have to implement one here
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Refactor critical section API so that this is no longer required
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Spinlock object
-+ * Owner:
-+ *  - Set to 0 if uninitialized
-+ *  - Set to portMUX_FREE_VAL when free
-+ *  - Set to CORE_ID_REGVAL_PRO or CORE_ID_REGVAL_AP when locked
-+ *  - Any other value indicates corruption
-+ * Count:
-+ *  - 0 if unlocked
-+ *  - Recursive count if locked
-+ *
-+ * @note Not a true spinlock as single core RISC-V does not have atomic compare and set instruction
-+ * @note Keep portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED in sync with this struct
-+ */
-+typedef struct {
-+    uint32_t owner;
-+    uint32_t count;
-+} portMUX_TYPE;
-+/**< Spinlock initializer */
-+#define portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED {                      \
-+            .owner = portMUX_FREE_VAL,                      \
-+            .count = 0,                                     \
-+        }
-+#define portMUX_FREE_VAL                    SPINLOCK_FREE           /**< Spinlock is free. [refactor-todo] check if this is still required */
-+#define portMUX_NO_TIMEOUT                  SPINLOCK_WAIT_FOREVER   /**< When passed for 'timeout_cycles', spin forever if necessary. [refactor-todo] check if this is still required */
-+#define portMUX_TRY_LOCK                    SPINLOCK_NO_WAIT        /**< Try to acquire the spinlock a single time only. [refactor-todo] check if this is still required */
-+#define portMUX_INITIALIZE(mux)    ({ \
-+    (mux)->owner = portMUX_FREE_VAL; \
-+    (mux)->count = 0; \
-+})
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Wrapper for atomic compare-and-set instruction
-+ *
-+ * @note Isn't a real atomic CAS.
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] check if we still need this
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this function should be renamed (due to void return type)
-+ *
-+ * @param[inout] addr Pointer to target address
-+ * @param[in] compare Compare value
-+ * @param[inout] set Pointer to set value
-+ */
-+static inline void __attribute__((always_inline)) uxPortCompareSet(volatile uint32_t *addr, uint32_t compare, uint32_t *set);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Wrapper for atomic compare-and-set instruction in external RAM
-+ *
-+ * @note Isn't a real atomic CAS.
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] check if we still need this
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this function should be renamed (due to void return type)
-+ *
-+ * @param[inout] addr Pointer to target address
-+ * @param[in] compare Compare value
-+ * @param[inout] set Pointer to set value
-+ */
-+static inline void uxPortCompareSetExtram(volatile uint32_t *addr, uint32_t compare, uint32_t *set);
-+
-+// ---------------------- Yielding -------------------------
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Perform a context switch from a task
-+ *
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] The rest of ESP-IDF should call taskYield() instead
-+ */
-+#define vPortYield()    portYIELD()
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Perform a context switch from an ISR
-+ */
-+#define vPortYieldFromISR() portYIELD_FROM_ISR(0)
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Checks if the current core can yield
-+ *
-+ * - A core cannot yield if its in an ISR or in a critical section
-+ *
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] See if this can be separated from port macro
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this function should be renamed (due to bool return type)
-+ * @return true Core can yield
-+ * @return false Core cannot yield
-+ */
-+static inline bool IRAM_ATTR xPortCanYield(void);
-+
-+// ------------------- Hook Functions ----------------------
-+
-+extern void esp_vApplicationIdleHook(void);
-+extern void esp_vApplicationTickHook(void);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Hook function called on entry to tickless idle
-+ *
-+ * - Implemented in pm_impl.c
-+ *
-+ * @param xExpectedIdleTime Expected idle time
-+ */
-+void vApplicationSleep(TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime);
-+
-+// ----------------------- System --------------------------
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Get the tick rate per second
-+ *
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] make this inline
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Check if this function should be renamed (due to uint return type)
-+ * @return uint32_t Tick rate in Hz
-+ */
-+uint32_t xPortGetTickRateHz(void);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Set a watchpoint to watch the last 32 bytes of the stack
-+ *
-+ * Callback to set a watchpoint on the end of the stack. Called every context switch to change the stack watchpoint
-+ * around.
-+ *
-+ * @param pxStackStart Pointer to the start of the stack
-+ */
-+void vPortSetStackWatchpoint(void *pxStackStart);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Get the current core's ID
-+ *
-+ * @note Added to be compatible with SMP API
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] IDF should call a FreeRTOS like macro instead of port function directly
-+ * @return BaseType_t Core ID
-+ */
-+static inline BaseType_t IRAM_ATTR xPortGetCoreID(void)
-+{
-+    return (uint32_t) cpu_hal_get_core_id();
-+}
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ------------------------------------------- FreeRTOS Porting Interface ----------------------------------------------
-+ * - Contains all the mappings of the macros required by FreeRTOS
-+ * - Most come after forward declare as porting macros map to declared functions
-+ * - Maps to forward declared functions
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// ----------------------- Memory --------------------------
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Task memory allocation macros
-+ *
-+ * @note Because the ROM routines don't necessarily handle a stack in external RAM correctly, we force the stack
-+ * memory to always be internal.
-+ * @note [refactor-todo] Update portable.h to match v10.4.3 to use new malloc prototypes
-+ */
-+#define portTcbMemoryCaps               (MALLOC_CAP_INTERNAL|MALLOC_CAP_8BIT)
-+#define portStackMemoryCaps             (MALLOC_CAP_INTERNAL|MALLOC_CAP_8BIT)
-+#define pvPortMallocTcbMem(size)        pvPortMalloc(size)
-+#define pvPortMallocStackMem(size)      pvPortMalloc(size)
-+
-+// ------------------ Critical Sections --------------------
-+#define portENTER_CRITICAL(mux)                 {(void)mux;  vPortEnterCritical();}
-+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL(mux)                  {(void)mux;  vPortExitCritical();}
-+#define portTRY_ENTER_CRITICAL(mux, timeout)    ({  \
-+    (void)mux; (void)timeout;                       \
-+    vPortEnterCritical();                           \
-+    BaseType_t ret = pdPASS;                        \
-+    ret;                                            \
-+})
-+//In single-core RISC-V, we can use the same critical section API
-+#define portENTER_CRITICAL_ISR(mux)                 portENTER_CRITICAL(mux)
-+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL_ISR(mux)                  portEXIT_CRITICAL(mux)
-+#define portTRY_ENTER_CRITICAL_ISR(mux, timeout)    portTRY_ENTER_CRITICAL(mux, timeout)
-+
-+/* [refactor-todo] on RISC-V, both ISR and non-ISR cases result in the same call. We can redefine this macro */
-+#define portENTER_CRITICAL_SAFE(mux)    ({  \
-+    if (xPortInIsrContext()) {              \
-+        portENTER_CRITICAL_ISR(mux);        \
-+    } else {                                \
-+        portENTER_CRITICAL(mux);            \
-+    }                                       \
-+})
-+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL_SAFE(mux)     ({  \
-+    if (xPortInIsrContext()) {              \
-+        portEXIT_CRITICAL_ISR(mux);         \
-+    } else {                                \
-+        portEXIT_CRITICAL(mux);             \
-+    }                                       \
-+})
-+#define portTRY_ENTER_CRITICAL_SAFE(mux, timeout)   portENTER_CRITICAL_SAFE(mux, timeout)
-+
-+// ---------------------- Yielding -------------------------
-+
-+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR(xSwitchRequired) if(xSwitchRequired) vPortYield()
-+/* Yielding within an API call (when interrupts are off), means the yield should be delayed
-+   until interrupts are re-enabled.
-+   To do this, we use the "cross-core" interrupt as a trigger to yield on this core when interrupts are re-enabled.This
-+   is the same interrupt & code path which is used to trigger a yield between CPUs, although in this case the yield is
-+   happening on the same CPU.
-+*/
-+#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API() portYIELD()
-+
-+// ------------------- Hook Functions ----------------------
-+
-+#ifndef CONFIG_FREERTOS_LEGACY_HOOKS
-+#define vApplicationIdleHook    esp_vApplicationIdleHook
-+#define vApplicationTickHook    esp_vApplicationTickHook
-+#endif /* !CONFIG_FREERTOS_LEGACY_HOOKS */
-+#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP(idleTime) vApplicationSleep(idleTime)
-+
-+// ------------------- Run Time Stats ----------------------
-+
-+#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
-+#define portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE() 0
-+#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_USING_ESP_TIMER
-+/* Coarse resolution time (us) */
-+#define portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(x)    do {x = (uint32_t)esp_timer_get_time();} while(0)
-+#endif
-+
-+
-+
-+/* --------------------------------------------- Inline Implementations ------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Implementation of inline functions of the forward declares
-+ * - Should come after forward declare and FreeRTOS Porting interface, as implementation may use both.
-+ * - For implementation of non-inlined functions, see port.c, port_common.c, or other assembly files
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// --------------------- Interrupts ------------------------
-+
-+
-+
-+// ---------------------- Spinlocks ------------------------
-+
-+static inline void __attribute__((always_inline)) uxPortCompareSet(volatile uint32_t *addr, uint32_t compare, uint32_t *set)
-+{
-+    compare_and_set_native(addr, compare, set);
-+}
-+
-+static inline void uxPortCompareSetExtram(volatile uint32_t *addr, uint32_t compare, uint32_t *set)
-+{
-+#if defined(CONFIG_SPIRAM)
-+    compare_and_set_extram(addr, compare, set);
-+#endif
-+}
-+
-+// ---------------------- Yielding -------------------------
-+
-+static inline bool IRAM_ATTR xPortCanYield(void)
-+{
-+    uint32_t threshold = REG_READ(INTERRUPT_CORE0_CPU_INT_THRESH_REG);
-+    /* when enter critical code, FreeRTOS will mask threshold to RVHAL_EXCM_LEVEL
-+     * and exit critical code, will recover threshold value (1). so threshold <= 1
-+     * means not in critical code
-+     */
-+    return (threshold <= 1);
-+}
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ------------------------------------------------------ Misc ---------------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Miscellaneous porting macros
-+ * - These are not port of the FreeRTOS porting interface, but are used by other FreeRTOS dependent components
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// -------------------- Heap Related -----------------------
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Checks if a given piece of memory can be used to store a task's TCB
-+ *
-+ * - Defined in port_common.c
-+ *
-+ * @param ptr Pointer to memory
-+ * @return true Memory can be used to store a TCB
-+ * @return false Otherwise
-+ */
-+bool xPortCheckValidTCBMem(const void *ptr);
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief Checks if a given piece of memory can be used to store a task's stack
-+ *
-+ * - Defined in port_common.c
-+ *
-+ * @param ptr Pointer to memory
-+ * @return true Memory can be used to store a task stack
-+ * @return false Otherwise
-+ */
-+bool xPortcheckValidStackMem(const void *ptr);
-+
-+#define portVALID_TCB_MEM(ptr) xPortCheckValidTCBMem(ptr)
-+#define portVALID_STACK_MEM(ptr) xPortcheckValidStackMem(ptr)
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------------- Deprecate ------------------------------------------------------
-+ * - Pull in header containing deprecated macros here
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+#include "portmacro_deprecated.h"
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+}
-+#endif
-+
-+#endif //__ASSEMBLER__
-+
-+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..9d8195f832
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
-+#include <FreeRTOS.h>
-+
-+static rt_base_t level = 0;
-+static rt_base_t critical_nesting = 0;
-+
-+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
-+{
-+    if ( critical_nesting == 0 )
-+    {
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    }
-+    critical_nesting += 1;
-+}
-+
-+void vPortExitCritical( void )
-+{
-+    critical_nesting -= 1;
-+    if ( critical_nesting == 0 )
-+    {
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+    }
-+}
-+
-+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
-+{
-+    /* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to. */
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t rt_err_to_freertos(rt_err_t rt_err)
-+{
-+    switch(-rt_err)
-+    {
-+        case RT_EOK:
-+            return pdPASS;
-+        case RT_ENOMEM:
-+            return errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-+        case RT_EFULL:
-+            return errQUEUE_FULL;
-+        case RT_EEMPTY:
-+            return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-+        default:
-+            return pdFAIL;
-+    }
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..64fbe9b15b
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/port/rt-thread/port_esp32c3.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
-+/*
-+    FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-+    All rights reserved
-+
-+    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-+
-+    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution and was contributed
-+    to the project by Technolution B.V. (www.technolution.nl,
-+    freertos-riscv@technolution.eu) under the terms of the FreeRTOS
-+    contributors license.
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-+    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-+    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-+
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-+    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-+    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-+    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+
-+    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-+    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-+    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-+
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-+     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-+     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-+     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-+     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-+     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-+     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-+     *                                                                       *
-+    ***************************************************************************
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-+    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-+    defined configASSERT()?
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-+    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-+    participating in the support forum.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-+    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-+    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-+    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-+    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-+    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-+
-+    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-+    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-+
-+    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-+    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-+    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-+
-+    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-+    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-+    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-+
-+    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-+*/
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the RISC-V port.
-+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#include "sdkconfig.h"
-+#include <string.h>
-+#include "soc/soc_caps.h"
-+#include "soc/periph_defs.h"
-+#include "soc/system_reg.h"
-+#include "hal/systimer_hal.h"
-+#include "hal/systimer_ll.h"
-+#include "riscv/rvruntime-frames.h"
-+#include "riscv/riscv_interrupts.h"
-+#include "riscv/interrupt.h"
-+#include "esp_private/crosscore_int.h"
-+#include "esp_private/pm_trace.h"
-+#include "esp_attr.h"
-+#include "esp_system.h"
-+#include "esp_intr_alloc.h"
-+#include "esp_debug_helpers.h"
-+#include "esp_log.h"
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"       /* This pulls in portmacro.h */
-+#include "task.h"
-+#include "portmacro.h"
-+//#include "port_systick.h"
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------------- Variables ------------------------------------------------------
-+ *
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+static const char *TAG = "cpu_start"; // [refactor-todo]: might be appropriate to change in the future, but
-+
-+/**
-+ * @brief A variable is used to keep track of the critical section nesting.
-+ * @note This variable has to be stored as part of the task context and must be initialized to a non zero value
-+ *       to ensure interrupts don't inadvertently become unmasked before the scheduler starts.
-+ *       As it is stored as part of the task context it will automatically be set to 0 when the first task is started.
-+ */
-+static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0;
-+static UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptState = 0;
-+BaseType_t uxSchedulerRunning = 0;
-+UBaseType_t uxInterruptNesting = 0;
-+BaseType_t xPortSwitchFlag = 0;
-+__attribute__((aligned(16))) static StackType_t xIsrStack[configISR_STACK_SIZE];
-+StackType_t *xIsrStackTop = &xIsrStack[0] + (configISR_STACK_SIZE & (~((portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE)portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK)));
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------- Port Implementations -------------------------------------------------
-+ *
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// --------------------- Interrupts ------------------------
-+
-+BaseType_t xPortInIsrContext(void)
-+{
-+    return (BaseType_t)rt_interrupt_get_nest();
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t IRAM_ATTR xPortInterruptedFromISRContext(void)
-+{
-+    /* For single core, this can be the same as xPortInIsrContext() because reading it is atomic */
-+    return (BaseType_t)rt_interrupt_get_nest();
-+}
-+
-+// ---------------------- Spinlocks ------------------------
-+
-+
-+// ---------------------- Yielding -------------------------
-+
-+
-+// ------------------- Hook Functions ----------------------
-+
-+void __attribute__((weak)) vApplicationStackOverflowHook(TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName)
-+{
-+#define ERR_STR1 "***ERROR*** A stack overflow in task "
-+#define ERR_STR2 " has been detected."
-+    const char *str[] = {ERR_STR1, pcTaskName, ERR_STR2};
-+
-+    char buf[sizeof(ERR_STR1) + CONFIG_FREERTOS_MAX_TASK_NAME_LEN + sizeof(ERR_STR2) + 1 /* null char */] = {0};
-+
-+    char *dest = buf;
-+    for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(str) / sizeof(str[0]); i++) {
-+        dest = strcat(dest, str[i]);
-+    }
-+    esp_system_abort(buf);
-+}
-+
-+// ----------------------- System --------------------------
-+
-+uint32_t xPortGetTickRateHz(void)
-+{
-+    return (uint32_t)configTICK_RATE_HZ;
-+}
-+
-+#define STACK_WATCH_AREA_SIZE 32
-+#define STACK_WATCH_POINT_NUMBER (SOC_CPU_WATCHPOINTS_NUM - 1)
-+
-+void vPortSetStackWatchpoint(void *pxStackStart)
-+{
-+    uint32_t addr = (uint32_t)pxStackStart;
-+    addr = (addr + (STACK_WATCH_AREA_SIZE - 1)) & (~(STACK_WATCH_AREA_SIZE - 1));
-+    esp_cpu_set_watchpoint(STACK_WATCH_POINT_NUMBER, (char *)addr, STACK_WATCH_AREA_SIZE, ESP_WATCHPOINT_STORE);
-+}
-+
-+
-+
-+/* ---------------------------------------------- Misc Implementations -------------------------------------------------
-+ *
-+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
-+
-+// --------------------- App Start-up ----------------------
-+
-+/* [refactor-todo]: See if we can include this through a header */
-+extern void esp_startup_start_app_common(void);
-+
-+void esp_startup_start_app(void)
-+{
-+    esp_startup_start_app_common();
-+
-+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Starting scheduler.");
-+    vTaskStartScheduler();
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/queue.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/queue.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..8965e193d0
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/queue.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,787 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+#include <string.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "queue.h"
-+
-+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
-+ * zero. */
-+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME          ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-+
-+typedef struct QueueDefinition
-+{
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *rt_ipc;
-+} xQUEUE;
-+typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
-+
-+static volatile rt_uint8_t mutex_index = 0;
-+static volatile rt_uint8_t sem_index = 0;
-+static volatile rt_uint8_t queue_index = 0;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                               BaseType_t xNewQueue )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        rt_sem_control( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc, RT_IPC_CMD_RESET, ( void * ) 0);
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        rt_mq_control( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, RT_IPC_CMD_RESET, RT_NULL );
-+    }
-+
-+    return pdPASS;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-+                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-+                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
-+                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-+    {
-+        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
-+        char name[RT_NAME_MAX] = {0};
-+
-+        /* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
-+         * supplied. */
-+        configASSERT( pxStaticQueue );
-+
-+        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
-+            ( pxStaticQueue != NULL ) &&
-+
-+            /* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
-+             * should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
-+            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) ) &&
-+            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) ) )
-+        {
-+            if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX || ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "mutex%02d", mutex_index++ );
-+                rt_mutex_init( ( rt_mutex_t ) &( ( StaticSemaphore_t * ) pxStaticQueue )->ipc_obj.mutex, name, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+            }
-+            else if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE || ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "sem%02d", sem_index++ );
-+                rt_sem_init( ( rt_sem_t ) &( ( StaticSemaphore_t * ) pxStaticQueue )->ipc_obj.semaphore, name, 0, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+                ( ( StaticSemaphore_t * ) pxStaticQueue )->ipc_obj.semaphore.max_value = uxQueueLength;
-+            }
-+            else if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "queue%02d", queue_index++ );
-+                rt_mq_init( &( pxStaticQueue->ipc_obj ), name, pucQueueStorage, uxItemSize, QUEUE_BUFFER_SIZE( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize ), RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                return pxNewQueue;
-+            }
-+            pxStaticQueue->rt_ipc = ( struct rt_ipc_object * ) &pxStaticQueue->ipc_obj;
-+            pxNewQueue = ( QueueHandle_t ) pxStaticQueue;
-+        }
-+
-+        return pxNewQueue;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-+                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-+                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-+    {
-+        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
-+        char name[RT_NAME_MAX] = {0};
-+        struct rt_ipc_object * pipc = RT_NULL;
-+
-+        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
-+            /* Check for multiplication overflow. */
-+            ( ( SIZE_MAX / uxQueueLength ) >= uxItemSize ) &&
-+            /* Check for addition overflow. */
-+            ( ( SIZE_MAX - sizeof( Queue_t ) ) >= ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) ) )
-+        {
-+            pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( sizeof( Queue_t ) );
-+            if ( pxNewQueue == NULL )
-+            {
-+                return ( QueueHandle_t ) pxNewQueue;
-+            }
-+            if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX || ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "mutex%02d", mutex_index++ );
-+                pipc = ( struct rt_ipc_object * ) rt_mutex_create( name, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+            }
-+            else if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE || ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "sem%02d", sem_index++ );
-+                pipc = ( struct rt_ipc_object * ) RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( sizeof( struct rt_semaphore_wrapper ) );
-+                if ( pipc != RT_NULL )
-+                {
-+                    rt_sem_init( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc, name, 0, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO );
-+                    ( ( struct rt_semaphore_wrapper * ) pipc )->max_value = uxQueueLength;
-+                    /* Mark as dynamic so we can distinguish in vQueueDelete */
-+                    pipc->parent.type &= ~RT_Object_Class_Static;
-+                }
-+            }
-+            else if ( ucQueueType == queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE )
-+            {
-+                rt_snprintf( name, RT_NAME_MAX, "queue%02d", queue_index++ );
-+                pipc = ( struct rt_ipc_object * ) rt_mq_create( name, uxItemSize, uxQueueLength, RT_IPC_FLAG_PRIO);
-+            }
-+
-+            if ( pipc == RT_NULL )
-+            {
-+                RT_KERNEL_FREE( pxNewQueue );
-+                return NULL;
-+            }
-+            pxNewQueue->rt_ipc = pipc;
-+        }
-+
-+        return ( QueueHandle_t ) pxNewQueue;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-+    {
-+        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-+        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-+
-+        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
-+        return xNewQueue;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-+                                           StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
-+    {
-+        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-+        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-+
-+        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
-+
-+        return xNewQueue;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-+    {
-+        TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
-+        struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+        rt_uint8_t type;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xSemaphore );
-+
-+        pipc = xSemaphore->rt_ipc;
-+        RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+        type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+
-+        if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+        {
-+            level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+            pxReturn = ( TaskHandle_t ) ( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc )->owner;
-+            rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            pxReturn = NULL;
-+        }
-+
-+        return pxReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-+    {
-+        return xQueueGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
-+    {
-+        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-+        configASSERT( pxMutex );
-+        return xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
-+                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+    {
-+        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-+        configASSERT( pxMutex );
-+        return xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-+                                                       const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
-+                                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
-+    {
-+        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-+
-+        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
-+            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
-+        {
-+            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-+
-+            if( xHandle != NULL )
-+            {
-+                ( ( rt_sem_t ) ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->rt_ipc )->value = uxInitialCount;
-+            }
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( xHandle );
-+        }
-+
-+        return xHandle;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+
-+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-+                                                 const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
-+    {
-+        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-+
-+        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
-+            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
-+        {
-+            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-+
-+            if( xHandle != NULL )
-+            {
-+                ( ( rt_sem_t ) ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->rt_ipc )->value = uxInitialCount;
-+            }
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( xHandle );
-+        }
-+
-+        return xHandle;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                              const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-+                              const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_mutex_release( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc );
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        if ( ( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc )->value < ( ( struct rt_semaphore_wrapper * ) pipc )->max_value )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_sem_release( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        if ( xCopyPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_mq_send_wait( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvItemToQueue, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size, ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait );
-+        }
-+        else if ( xCopyPosition == queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
-+        {
-+            // TODO: need to implement the timeout for LIFO
-+            err = rt_mq_urgent( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvItemToQueue, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size );
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                     const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-+                                     const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        if ( xCopyPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_mq_send( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvItemToQueue, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size);
-+        }
-+        else if ( xCopyPosition == queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_mq_urgent( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvItemToQueue, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size );
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                              BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    RT_ASSERT( type != RT_Object_Class_Mutex );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        if ( ( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc )->value < ( ( struct rt_semaphore_wrapper * ) pipc )->max_value )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_sem_release( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+    }
-+    if ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-+    {
-+        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                          void * const pvBuffer,
-+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    /* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
-+    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-+
-+    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_mq_recv( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvBuffer, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size, ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait );
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    /* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
-+    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-+
-+    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+        {
-+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_mutex_take( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc, ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait );
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_sem_take( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc, ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait );
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                                 void * const pvBuffer,
-+                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+    RT_ASSERT( type != RT_Object_Class_Mutex );
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_sem_take( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc, RT_WAITING_NO );
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        err = rt_mq_recv( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc, pvBuffer, ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->msg_size, RT_WAITING_NO );
-+    }
-+    if ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-+    {
-+        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+
-+    return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    UBaseType_t uxReturn = 0;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = xQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = ( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc )->value;
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = ( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc )->value;
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->entry;
-+    }
-+
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    UBaseType_t uxReturn = 0;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = xQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+    if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = 1 - ( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc )->value;
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = ( ( struct rt_semaphore_wrapper * ) pipc )->max_value - ( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc )->value;
-+    }
-+    else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn = ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->max_msgs - ( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc )->entry;
-+    }
-+
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    return uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-+    struct rt_ipc_object *pipc;
-+    rt_uint8_t type;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-+
-+    pipc = pxQueue->rt_ipc;
-+    RT_ASSERT( pipc != RT_NULL );
-+    type = rt_object_get_type( &pipc->parent );
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+    if ( rt_object_is_systemobject( ( rt_object_t ) pipc ) )
-+#endif
-+    {
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+        if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+        {
-+            rt_mutex_detach( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+        {
-+            rt_sem_detach( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+        {
-+            rt_mq_detach( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+#endif
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+        if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Mutex )
-+        {
-+            rt_mutex_delete( ( rt_mutex_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_Semaphore )
-+        {
-+            /* Allocated with rt_sem_init in xQueueGenericCreate */
-+            pipc->parent.type |= RT_Object_Class_Static;
-+            rt_sem_detach( ( rt_sem_t ) pipc );
-+            RT_KERNEL_FREE( pipc );
-+        }
-+        else if ( type == RT_Object_Class_MessageQueue )
-+        {
-+            rt_mq_delete( ( rt_mq_t ) pipc );
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            return;
-+        }
-+        RT_KERNEL_FREE( pxQueue );
-+    #endif
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    BaseType_t xReturn;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xQueue );
-+
-+    if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-+    {
-+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+
-+    return xReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-+{
-+    BaseType_t xReturn;
-+
-+    configASSERT( xQueue );
-+
-+    if ( uxQueueSpacesAvailable( xQueue ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-+    {
-+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+
-+    return xReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* Unimplemented */
-+#include "esp_log.h"
-+QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueCreateSet unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return NULL;
-+}
-+BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-+                           QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueAddToSet unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return pdFAIL;
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-+                                QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueRemoveFromSet unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return pdFAIL;
-+}
-+
-+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
-+                                            const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueSelectFromSet unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return NULL;
-+}
-+
-+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return NULL;
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-+                       void * const pvBuffer,
-+                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueuePeek unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return pdFAIL;
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * pvItemToQueue)
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueOverwrite unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return pdFAIL;
-+}
-+
-+BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken)
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "xQueueOverwriteFromISR unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return pdFAIL;  
-+}
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/tasks.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/tasks.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..d3e8c27a09
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/tasks.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,1254 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/* Standard includes. */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+#include <string.h>
-+
-+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+
-+//TODO: check configMAX_PRIORITIES == RT_THREAD_PRIORITY_MAX
-+#define FREERTOS_PRIORITY_TO_RTTHREAD(priority)    ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1 - ( priority ) )
-+#define RTTHREAD_PRIORITY_TO_FREERTOS(priority)    ( RT_THREAD_PRIORITY_MAX - 1 - ( priority ) )
-+
-+/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
-+#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION              ( ( uint8_t ) 0 ) /* Must be zero as it is the initialised value. */
-+#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION                  ( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-+#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED                 ( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Several functions take a TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
-+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
-+ * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
-+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
-+ */
-+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle )    ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) : ( pxHandle ) )
-+
-+/*
-+ * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
-+ * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
-+ * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
-+ */
-+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock
-+{
-+    struct rt_thread thread;
-+    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+        TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
-+    #endif
-+    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+        volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-+        volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-+    #endif
-+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-+        uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
-+    #endif
-+} tskTCB;
-+typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
-+
-+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-+static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/*
-+ * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
-+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
-+ */
-+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                                  const char * const pcName,
-+                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-+                                  void * const pvParameters,
-+                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-+                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
-+                                  StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer );
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                                    const char * const pcName,
-+                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-+                                    void * const pvParameters,
-+                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-+                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-+        TaskHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-+
-+        configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-+        configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-+
-+        #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-+            {
-+                /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-+                 * variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
-+                 * structure. */
-+                volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
-+                configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-+                ( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
-+            }
-+        #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-+
-+        if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
-+        {
-+            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer;
-+            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, puxStackBuffer );
-+            rt_thread_startup( ( rt_thread_t ) pxNewTCB );
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                            const char * const pcName,
-+                            const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
-+                            void * const pvParameters,
-+                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-+        BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-+        void * stack_start = RT_NULL;
-+
-+        pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-+        if ( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-+        {
-+            stack_start = RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( usStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
-+            if ( stack_start != RT_NULL )
-+            {
-+                prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, ( StackType_t * ) stack_start );
-+                xReturn = pdPASS;
-+                /* Mark as dynamic */
-+                ( ( struct rt_thread * ) pxNewTCB )->type &= ~RT_Object_Class_Static;
-+                rt_thread_startup( ( rt_thread_t ) pxNewTCB );
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                RT_KERNEL_FREE( pxNewTCB );
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+/* ESP32 */
-+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskCreatePinnedToCore( TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode,
-+                            const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-+                            const uint32_t usStackDepth,
-+                            void * const pvParameters,
-+                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                            TaskHandle_t * const pvCreatedTask,
-+                            const BaseType_t xCoreID)
-+    {
-+        ( void ) xCoreID;
-+        return xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pvCreatedTask );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-+                                  const char * const pcName,
-+                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-+                                  void * const pvParameters,
-+                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-+                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-+                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
-+                                  StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer )
-+{
-+    /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. */
-+    configASSERT( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
-+
-+    if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-+    {
-+        uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-+    }
-+
-+    rt_thread_init( ( struct rt_thread * ) pxNewTCB, pcName, pxTaskCode, pvParameters,
-+                    puxStackBuffer, ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ), FREERTOS_PRIORITY_TO_RTTHREAD( uxPriority ), 1 );
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+    pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+    rt_memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue ) );
-+    rt_memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState ) );
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-+    pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-+#endif
-+
-+    if ( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
-+    {
-+        *pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
-+    }
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
-+    {
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
-+        if ( thread == RT_NULL )
-+        {
-+            thread = rt_thread_self();
-+        }
-+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+        if ( rt_object_is_systemobject( ( rt_object_t ) thread ) )
-+    #endif
-+        {
-+        #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+            rt_thread_detach( thread );
-+        #endif
-+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+    #endif
-+        #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+            rt_thread_delete( thread );
-+        #endif
-+        }
-+
-+        if ( thread == rt_thread_self() )
-+        {
-+            rt_schedule();
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
-+                                const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+        rt_tick_t cur_tick;
-+
-+        RT_ASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime != RT_NULL );
-+        RT_ASSERT( xTimeIncrement > 0U );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        cur_tick = rt_tick_get();
-+        if (cur_tick - *pxPreviousWakeTime < xTimeIncrement)
-+        {
-+            rt_thread_delay_until( pxPreviousWakeTime, xTimeIncrement );
-+            xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return xShouldDelay;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
-+    {
-+        rt_thread_delay( xTicksToDelay );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) )
-+
-+    eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        eTaskState eReturn;
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) xTask;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTask );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        switch ( thread->stat & RT_THREAD_STAT_MASK )
-+        {
-+            case RT_THREAD_READY:
-+            {
-+                eReturn = eReady;
-+                break;
-+            }
-+            case RT_THREAD_SUSPEND:
-+            {
-+                /* If thread timer is activated it is blocked with a timeout */
-+                if ( thread->thread_timer.parent.flag & RT_TIMER_FLAG_ACTIVATED )
-+                {
-+                    eReturn = eBlocked;
-+                }
-+                /* Otherwise it is suspended or blocked with an infinite timeout */
-+                else
-+                {
-+                    eReturn = eSuspended;
-+                }
-+                break;
-+            }
-+            case RT_THREAD_RUNNING:
-+            {
-+                eReturn = eRunning;
-+                break;
-+            }
-+            case RT_THREAD_CLOSE:
-+            {
-+                eReturn = eDeleted;
-+                break;
-+            }
-+            default:
-+                eReturn = eInvalid;
-+        }
-+
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return eReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-+
-+    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        uxReturn = thread->current_priority;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return RTTHREAD_PRIORITY_TO_FREERTOS( uxReturn );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-+
-+    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        return uxTaskPriorityGet( xTask );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                           UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
-+    {
-+        extern rt_thread_t rt_current_thread;
-+        rt_thread_t thread;
-+        rt_uint8_t current_priority;
-+        rt_bool_t need_schedule = RT_FALSE;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
-+
-+        /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
-+        if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-+        {
-+            uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-+        }
-+        uxNewPriority = FREERTOS_PRIORITY_TO_RTTHREAD( uxNewPriority );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+        current_priority = thread->current_priority;
-+        if ( current_priority != uxNewPriority )
-+        {
-+            rt_thread_control( thread, RT_THREAD_CTRL_CHANGE_PRIORITY, &uxNewPriority);
-+            if ( uxNewPriority < current_priority )
-+            {
-+                /* The priority of a task other than the currently running task is being raised.
-+                 * Need to schedule if the priority is raised above that of the running task */
-+                if ( thread != rt_current_thread && uxNewPriority <= rt_current_thread->current_priority )
-+                {
-+                    need_schedule = RT_TRUE;
-+                }
-+            }
-+            /* Setting the priority of the running task down means
-+             * there may now be another task of higher priority that
-+             * is ready to execute. */
-+            else if ( thread == rt_current_thread )
-+            {
-+                need_schedule = RT_TRUE;
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        if ( need_schedule == RT_TRUE )
-+        {
-+            rt_schedule();
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
-+    {
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
-+        if ( rt_thread_suspend( thread ) == RT_EOK )
-+        {
-+            rt_schedule();
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-+    {
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) xTaskToResume;
-+        rt_bool_t need_schedule = RT_FALSE;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
-+        configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-+
-+        if ( thread != NULL && thread != rt_thread_self() )
-+        {
-+            level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+            /* A task with higher priority than the current running task is ready */
-+            if ( rt_thread_resume( thread ) == RT_EOK && thread->current_priority <= rt_thread_self()->current_priority )
-+            {
-+                need_schedule = RT_TRUE;
-+            }
-+            rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+        }
-+        if (need_schedule == RT_TRUE)
-+        {
-+            rt_schedule();
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-+    {
-+        vTaskResume( xTaskToResume );
-+        return pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
-+{
-+    xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
-+{
-+    xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-+    vPortEndScheduler();
-+}
-+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-+struct _reent* __getreent(void) {
-+    return _GLOBAL_REENT;
-+}
-+#endif
-+
-+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
-+{
-+    rt_enter_critical();
-+}
-+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
-+{
-+    rt_exit_critical();
-+    return pdFALSE;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
-+{
-+    return rt_tick_get();
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
-+{
-+    return rt_tick_get();
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
-+{
-+    UBaseType_t uxReturn = 0;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+    struct rt_object_information *information;
-+    struct rt_list_node *node = RT_NULL;
-+
-+    information = rt_object_get_information( RT_Object_Class_Thread );
-+    RT_ASSERT( information != RT_NULL );
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+    rt_list_for_each( node, &( information->object_list ) )
-+    {
-+        uxReturn += 1;
-+    }
-+
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return uxReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+char * pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery )
-+{
-+    rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-+    return &( thread->name[ 0 ] );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery )
-+    {
-+        return ( TaskHandle_t ) rt_thread_find( ( char * ) pcNameToQuery );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
-+    {
-+        return ( TaskHandle_t ) rt_thread_find( "tidle0" );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
-+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxTCB = xTask;
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) xTask;
-+        rt_bool_t need_schedule = RT_FALSE;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( pxTCB );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        if ( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
-+        {
-+            rt_thread_resume( thread );
-+            thread->error = -RT_ETIMEOUT;
-+            pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
-+            if ( thread->current_priority < rt_thread_self()->current_priority ){
-+                need_schedule = RT_TRUE;
-+            }
-+            xReturn = pdPASS;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-+        }
-+
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        if ( need_schedule == RT_TRUE )
-+        {
-+            rt_schedule();
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
-+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                     TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * xTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+
-+    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
-+        TCB_t * xTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+
-+    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        return xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTask );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                             void * pvParameter )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+        TCB_t * xTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+
-+        if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
-+        {
-+            xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-+{
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = 0;
-+    pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = ( TickType_t ) rt_tick_get();
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-+{
-+    /* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
-+    pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = 0;
-+    pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = ( TickType_t ) rt_tick_get();;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
-+                                 TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
-+{
-+    TCB_t * pxCurrentTCB = ( TCB_t * ) rt_thread_self();
-+    BaseType_t xReturn;
-+    rt_base_t level;
-+
-+    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-+    configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
-+
-+    level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+    /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
-+    const TickType_t xConstTickCount = ( TickType_t ) rt_tick_get();
-+    const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-+    if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-+    {
-+        /* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
-+         * but has the same result. */
-+        pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+    }
-+    else
-+#endif
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-+    if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
-+    {
-+        /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
-+         * specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
-+         * indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
-+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+    else
-+#endif
-+
-+    if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait )
-+    {
-+        /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
-+        *pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
-+        vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
-+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+    }
-+    else
-+    {
-+        *pxTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
-+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+    }
-+    rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+    return xReturn;
-+}
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) )
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
-+    {
-+        TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-+
-+        /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
-+         * an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
-+         * individual execution thread. */
-+        xReturn = ( TaskHandle_t ) rt_thread_self();
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+
-+        if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-+        {
-+            xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            if( rt_critical_level() == 0 )
-+            {
-+                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) ) */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
-+                                      BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
-+                                      TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+    {
-+        uint32_t ulReturn;
-+        TCB_t * pxCurrentTCB = ( TCB_t * ) rt_thread_self();
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) pxCurrentTCB;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        /* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
-+        if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] == 0UL )
-+        {
-+            /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-+            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-+
-+            if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-+            {
-+                rt_thread_suspend( thread );
-+                if ( ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait > 0 )
-+                {
-+                    rt_timer_control(&(thread->thread_timer),
-+                                     RT_TIMER_CTRL_SET_TIME,
-+                                     &xTicksToWait);
-+                    rt_timer_start(&(thread->thread_timer));
-+                }
-+                rt_hw_interrupt_enable(level);
-+                rt_schedule();
-+                /* Clear thread error. */
-+                thread->error = RT_EOK;
-+            }
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
-+
-+        if( ulReturn != 0UL )
-+        {
-+            if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
-+            {
-+                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = 0UL;
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+        pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return ulReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
-+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
-+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
-+                                       uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
-+                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+        TCB_t * pxCurrentTCB = ( TCB_t * ) rt_thread_self();
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) pxCurrentTCB;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        /* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
-+        if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-+        {
-+            /* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
-+             * set  by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
-+             * clear the value to zero. */
-+            pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
-+
-+            /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-+            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-+
-+            if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-+            {
-+                rt_thread_suspend( thread );
-+                if ( ( rt_int32_t ) xTicksToWait > 0 )
-+                {
-+                    rt_timer_control(&(thread->thread_timer),
-+                                     RT_TIMER_CTRL_SET_TIME,
-+                                     &xTicksToWait);
-+                    rt_timer_start(&(thread->thread_timer));
-+                }
-+                rt_hw_interrupt_enable(level);
-+                rt_schedule();
-+                /* Clear thread error. It is not used to determine the function return value. */
-+                thread->error = RT_EOK;
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+                rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+            }
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+        }
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
-+        {
-+            /* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
-+             * have changed. */
-+            *pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
-+        }
-+
-+        /* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
-+         * blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
-+         * task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
-+         * unblocked because of a timeout. */
-+        if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-+        {
-+            /* A notification was not received. */
-+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            /* A notification was already pending or a notification was
-+             * received while the task was waiting. */
-+            pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
-+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+        }
-+
-+        pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                                   UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                                   uint32_t ulValue,
-+                                   eNotifyAction eAction,
-+                                   uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-+        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-+        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-+        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-+        {
-+            *pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-+        }
-+
-+        ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-+
-+        pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-+
-+        switch( eAction )
-+        {
-+            case eSetBits:
-+                pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] |= ulValue;
-+                break;
-+
-+            case eIncrement:
-+                ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
-+                break;
-+
-+            case eSetValueWithOverwrite:
-+                pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-+                break;
-+
-+            case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite:
-+
-+                if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-+                {
-+                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-+                }
-+                else
-+                {
-+                    /* The value could not be written to the task. */
-+                    xReturn = pdFAIL;
-+                }
-+
-+                break;
-+
-+            case eNoAction:
-+
-+                /* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-+                 * updated. */
-+                break;
-+
-+            default:
-+
-+                /* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
-+                 * Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
-+                 * compiler can't assume is const. */
-+                configASSERT( xTaskToNotify == NULL );
-+
-+                break;
-+        }
-+
-+
-+        /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-+         * notification then unblock it now. */
-+        if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-+        {
-+            rt_thread_resume( ( rt_thread_t ) pxTCB );
-+
-+            if( ( ( rt_thread_t ) pxTCB )->current_priority < rt_thread_self()->current_priority )
-+            {
-+                /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-+                 * executing task so a schedule is required. */
-+                rt_schedule();
-+            }
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                                          UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                                          uint32_t ulValue,
-+                                          eNotifyAction eAction,
-+                                          uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
-+                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+
-+        xReturn = xTaskGenericNotify( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotificationValue );
-+        if ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-+        {
-+            *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    void vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-+                                        UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-+                                        BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-+    {
-+        xTaskNotifyGiveIndexed( xTaskToNotify, uxIndexToNotify );
-+        if ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-+        {
-+            *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                             UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( uxIndexToClear < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-+
-+        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-+         * its notification state cleared. */
-+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-+        {
-+            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-+            xReturn = pdPASS;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-+        }
-+
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-+
-+    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-+                                            UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
-+                                            uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
-+    {
-+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-+        uint32_t ulReturn;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-+         * its notification state cleared. */
-+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+
-+        /* Return the notification as it was before the bits were cleared,
-+         * then clear the bit mask. */
-+        ulReturn = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ];
-+        pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ] &= ~ulBitsToClear;
-+
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return ulReturn;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
-+
-+/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
-+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
-+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
-+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
-+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type. */
-+    configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
-+        rt_thread_t thread = ( rt_thread_t ) prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-+        rt_uint8_t * stack_addr = thread->stack_addr;
-+
-+    #ifdef ARCH_CPU_STACK_GROWS_UPWARD
-+        stack_addr = stack_addr + thread->stack_size - 1;
-+        while ( *stack_addr == '#' )
-+        {
-+            ulCount += 1;
-+            stack_addr -= 1;
-+        }
-+    #else
-+        while ( *stack_addr == '#' )
-+        {
-+            ulCount += 1;
-+            stack_addr += 1;
-+        }
-+    #endif
-+
-+        ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t );
-+
-+        return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
-+
-+    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+    {
-+        return ( UBaseType_t ) uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( xTask );
-+    }
-+
-+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+
-+/* ESP32 */
-+BaseType_t xTaskGetAffinity( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-+{
-+    ( void ) xTask;
-+    return 0;
-+}
-+
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleForCPU( BaseType_t cpuid )
-+{
-+    ( void ) cpuid;
-+    return xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
-+}
-+
-+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCPU( UBaseType_t cpuid )
-+{
-+    ( void ) cpuid;
-+    return xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle();
-+}
-+
-+/* Unimplemented */
-+#include "esp_log.h"
-+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-+void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
-+                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
-+                                            void * pvValue )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+}
-+void * pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
-+                                               BaseType_t xIndex )
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+    return NULL;
-+}
-+#if ( configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS )
-+typedef void (*TlsDeleteCallbackFunction_t)( int, void * );
-+void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointerAndDelCallback( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue, TlsDeleteCallbackFunction_t pvDelCallback)
-+{
-+    ESP_LOGE("freertos", "vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointerAndDelCallback unimplemented");
-+    RT_ASSERT(0);
-+}
-+#endif
-+#endif
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/timers.c b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/timers.c
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..b5b5693d53
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS/timers.c
-@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
-+/*
-+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.6
-+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
-+ *
-+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-+ *
-+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
-+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
-+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
-+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
-+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-+ * subject to the following conditions:
-+ *
-+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-+ *
-+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
-+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
-+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-+ *
-+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
-+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
-+ *
-+ */
-+
-+/* Standard includes. */
-+#include <stdlib.h>
-+
-+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-+#include "task.h"
-+#include "queue.h"
-+#include "timers.h"
-+
-+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
-+ * to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
-+ * of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
-+ * configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-+
-+    typedef void (* rt_timer_callback_t)(void *);
-+
-+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
-+    typedef struct tmrTimerControl
-+    {
-+        struct rt_timer timer;
-+        void * pvTimerID;                           /*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
-+    } xTIMER;
-+
-+    typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
-+
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
-+                                    const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+                                    const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+                                    void * const pvTimerID,
-+                                    TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
-+        {
-+            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
-+            rt_uint8_t flag = RT_TIMER_FLAG_SOFT_TIMER;
-+
-+            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) RT_KERNEL_MALLOC( sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-+
-+            if( pxNewTimer != RT_NULL )
-+            {
-+                if ( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
-+                {
-+                    flag |= RT_TIMER_FLAG_PERIODIC;
-+                }
-+                else
-+                {
-+                    flag |= RT_TIMER_FLAG_ONE_SHOT;
-+                }
-+                rt_timer_init( ( rt_timer_t ) pxNewTimer, pcTimerName, ( rt_timer_callback_t ) pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer, xTimerPeriodInTicks, flag );
-+                pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
-+                /* Mark as dynamic so we can distinguish when deleting */
-+                ( ( rt_timer_t ) pxNewTimer )->parent.type &= ~RT_Object_Class_Static;
-+            }
-+
-+            return pxNewTimer;
-+        }
-+
-+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+
-+        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
-+                                          const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-+                                          const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-+                                          void * const pvTimerID,
-+                                          TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-+                                          StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer )
-+        {
-+            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
-+            rt_uint8_t flag = RT_TIMER_FLAG_SOFT_TIMER;
-+
-+            #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-+                {
-+                    /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-+                     * variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
-+                     * structure. */
-+                    volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
-+                    configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-+                    ( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
-+                }
-+            #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-+
-+            /* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
-+            configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
-+            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer;
-+
-+            if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-+            {
-+                if ( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
-+                {
-+                    flag |= RT_TIMER_FLAG_PERIODIC;
-+                }
-+                else
-+                {
-+                    flag |= RT_TIMER_FLAG_ONE_SHOT;
-+                }
-+                rt_timer_init( ( rt_timer_t ) pxNewTimer, pcTimerName, ( rt_timer_callback_t ) pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer, xTimerPeriodInTicks, flag );
-+                pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
-+            }
-+
-+            return pxNewTimer;
-+        }
-+
-+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                                     const BaseType_t xCommandID,
-+                                     const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
-+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-+                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-+    {
-+        rt_err_t err = -RT_ERROR;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+
-+        if ( ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_START ) || ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR )
-+             || ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_RESET ) || ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR ) )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_timer_start( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer );
-+        }
-+        else if ( ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_STOP ) || ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR ) )
-+        {
-+            err = rt_timer_stop( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer );
-+        }
-+        else if ( ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD ) || ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR ) )
-+        {
-+            if ( rt_timer_stop( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer ) == RT_EOK )
-+            {
-+                if ( rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_SET_TIME, ( void * ) &xOptionalValue ) == RT_EOK )
-+                {
-+                    err = rt_timer_start( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer );
-+                }
-+            }
-+        }
-+        else if ( xCommandID == tmrCOMMAND_DELETE )
-+        {
-+        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+            if ( rt_object_is_systemobject( ( rt_object_t ) xTimer ) )
-+        #endif
-+            {
-+            #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+                err = rt_timer_detach( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer );
-+            #endif
-+        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-+            }
-+            else
-+            {
-+        #endif
-+            #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-+                ( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer )->parent.type |= RT_Object_Class_Static;
-+                err = rt_timer_detach( ( rt_timer_t ) xTimer );
-+                RT_KERNEL_FREE( xTimer );
-+            #endif
-+            }
-+        }
-+
-+        if ( ( xCommandID >= tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND ) && ( xCommandID <= tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR ) && ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL ) )
-+        {
-+            *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+
-+        return rt_err_to_freertos( err );
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
-+    {
-+        return ( TaskHandle_t ) rt_thread_find( "timer" );
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        rt_tick_t arg;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+        rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_GET_TIME, &arg );
-+
-+        return ( TickType_t ) arg;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                              const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+        if ( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
-+        {
-+            rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_SET_PERIODIC, RT_NULL );
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_SET_ONESHOT, RT_NULL );
-+        }
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        if ( ( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer )->parent.flag & RT_TIMER_FLAG_PERIODIC )
-+        {
-+            uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return uxReturn;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        TickType_t xReturn;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+        rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_GET_REMAIN_TIME, &xReturn );
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+        return ( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer )->parent.name;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        BaseType_t xReturn;
-+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        rt_uint32_t arg;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+
-+        rt_timer_control( ( rt_timer_t ) pxTimer, RT_TIMER_CTRL_GET_STATE, &arg );
-+        if ( arg == RT_TIMER_FLAG_ACTIVATED )
-+        {
-+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-+        }
-+        else
-+        {
-+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-+        }
-+
-+        return xReturn;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    void * pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        void * pvReturn;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+
-+        return pvReturn;
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+    void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-+                           void * pvNewID )
-+    {
-+        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-+        rt_base_t level;
-+
-+        configASSERT( xTimer );
-+
-+        level = rt_hw_interrupt_disable();
-+        pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
-+        rt_hw_interrupt_enable( level );
-+    }
-+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-+
-+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
-diff --git a/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/readme.md b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/readme.md
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000000..6a0fafb4c7
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/components/freertos/RT-Thread-wrapper-of-FreeRTOS/readme.md
-@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
-+# RT-Thread操作系统的FreeRTOS兼容层
-+## FreeRTOS Application Compatibility Layer (ACL) for RT-Thread
-+## 让基于FreeRTOS开发的应用层无感地迁移到RT-Thread操作系统
--- 
-2.32.0 (Apple Git-132)
-
-
-From 9981521890074b517074bf85a4e0a1f71cef851e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
-From: tangzz98 <tangz98@outlook.com>
-Date: Wed, 3 Aug 2022 16:17:06 +0800
-Subject: [PATCH 4/4] Update linker script for finsh
-
----
- components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in | 10 ++++++++++
- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+)
-
-diff --git a/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in b/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
-index 8215237fff..561ae92318 100644
---- a/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
-+++ b/components/esp_system/ld/esp32c3/sections.ld.in
-@@ -248,6 +248,16 @@ SECTIONS
-     *(.fini.literal)
-     *(.fini)
-     *(.gnu.version)
-+        
-+    /* section information for finsh shell */
-+    . = ALIGN(4);
-+    __fsymtab_start = .;
-+    KEEP(*(FSymTab))
-+    __fsymtab_end = .;
-+    . = ALIGN(4);
-+    __vsymtab_start = .;
-+    KEEP(*(VSymTab))
-+    __vsymtab_end = .;
- 
-     /** CPU will try to prefetch up to 16 bytes of
-       * of instructions. This means that any configuration (e.g. MMU, PMS) must allow
 -- 
 2.32.0 (Apple Git-132)
 

+ 11 - 1
tools/esp_idf.py

@@ -34,13 +34,23 @@ def GenerateCFiles(env,project):
             cm_file.write( "\t" + path.replace("\\", "/") + "\n")
         cm_file.write(")\n\n")
 
-        print(init_export)
         n = len(init_export)
         if n:
             cm_file.write("target_link_libraries(${COMPONENT_LIB}\n")
             for i in range(n):
                 cm_file.write("\tINTERFACE \"-u __rt_init_" + init_export[i] + "\"\n")
             cm_file.write(")\n")
+        cm_file.close()
+
+    cm_file = open('CMakeLists.txt', 'w')
+    if cm_file:
+        cm_file.write("cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)\n")
+        cm_file.write("set(COMPONENTS esptool_py main)\n")
+        cm_file.write("include($ENV{IDF_PATH}/tools/cmake/project.cmake)\n")
+        freertos_root = os.getcwd().replace('\\', '/') + '/packages/FreeRTOS_Wrapper-latest/FreeRTOS'
+        cm_file.write("set(freertos_root " + freertos_root + ')\n')
+        cm_file.write("project(rtthread)\n")
+        cm_file.close()
 
 def ESPIDFProject(env,project):
     print('Update setting files for CMakeLists.txt...')